new support script latex2man

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@11289 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

23 files changed, 10059 insertions, 16 deletions

diff --git a/Build/source/texk/texlive/ChangeLog b/Build/source/texk/texlive/ChangeLog
index 4fbc0c56cfb..759e9ebbe08 100644
--- a/Build/source/texk/texlive/ChangeLog
+++ b/Build/source/texk/texlive/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+2008-11-13  Karl Berry  <karl@tug.org>
+
+	* Makefile.in (LINKED_SCRIPTS): add latex2man.
+
 2008-10-12  Karl Berry  <karl@tug.org>
 
 	* Makefile.in (LINKED_SCRIPTS): add latexmk.pl.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/texlive/Makefile.in b/Build/source/texk/texlive/Makefile.in
index 7fe19e31422..748d77ecd76 100644
--- a/Build/source/texk/texlive/Makefile.in
+++ b/Build/source/texk/texlive/Makefile.in
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ LINKED_SCRIPTS = \
   texmf-dist/scripts/epspdf/epspdf \
   texmf-dist/scripts/epspdf/epspdftk \
   texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries \
+  texmf-dist/scripts/latex2man/latex2man \
   texmf-dist/scripts/latexmk/latexmk.pl \
   texmf-dist/scripts/mkjobtexmf/mkjobtexmf.pl \
   texmf-dist/scripts/oberdiek/pdfatfi.pl \
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/latex2man b/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/latex2man
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..45da55fb578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/latex2man
@@ -0,0 +1,1817 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# Project: 	Documentation Tools
+# Descr:	Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), HTML and TexInfo;
+# Language:	PERL (>= 5.0)
+# Author:	Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+# $Id: latex2man,v 1.151 2008/11/11 07:21:14 vollmer Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Dr. Juergen Vollmer
+#                    Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany
+#                    Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+# License:
+#   This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+#   of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+#   archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+#   version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+#
+# If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
+
+require 5.0004_03;
+
+use Getopt::Std;
+
+# use strict 'vars';
+
+$CMD=`basename $0`; chop ($CMD);
+$gen_date = `date`; chomp $gen_date;       # date when the output was generated
+
+sub date2str;
+$VERSION = "1.23";
+$DATE    = date2str ('$Date: 2008/11/11 07:21:14 $' =~ m|(\d+/\d+/\d+)|);
+
+$tmp = "/tmp/$CMD.$$";
+
+##################################################################
+# check option and arguments
+##################################################################
+
+getopts('o:t:VhMHTLC:D:a:'); # -D1: write each read line -D2: write each word
+
+sub usage
+{
+print <<'END';
+usage: latex2man [-t transfile]  [-HTML] [-C name] [-h] [-V] infile outfile.
+  A tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with LaTeX into a format
+  understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+  Reads infile, writes outfile.
+
+  -t transfile:  Translation for user defined LaTeX macros.
+  -M:            Produce output suitable for the man(1) command (default).
+  -H:            Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+                 HTML code is produced (despite of the name of the command).
+  -T:            Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+		 TEXINFO code is produced (despite of the name of the command).
+  -L:            Output the LaTeX source. Useful in conjunctin with the -C
+                 option.
+  -C name:       Enable conditional text \`name\'.
+                 To enable more than one conditional name use quotes:
+                 -C 'name1 name2 ...'
+                 The following names are defined automatically:
+		    -H defines  HTML
+                    -T defines  TEXI
+		    -M defines  MAN
+		    -L defines  LATEX
+  -a char:       Is used only in conjunction with -T.
+	         Background:
+		   TEXINFO ignores all blanks before the first word on a
+                   new line. In order to produce some additional space before
+	           that word (using \SP) some character has to be printed
+		   before the additional space. By default this is a . (dot).
+		 The \`char' specifies an alternative for that first character.
+                 Giving a blank (-a" ") supresses the indentation of a line.
+                 Note: only for the first \SP of a series that char is printed.
+  -h:            Help.
+  -V:            Version.
+
+  Copyright (C) 1998 Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Viktoriastr. 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe
+  email: Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+  License:
+    This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+    of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+    archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+    version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+
+  If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from the place
+  where you are living.
+END
+    print "  Version $VERSION, $DATE.\n";
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+($opt_h)     && usage;
+($opt_V)     && print "Version: $VERSION, $DATE\n";
+
+# check command line arguments
+$opt_cnt = 0;
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_H);
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_T);
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_M);
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_L);
+if ($opt_cnt == 0) {
+    # if no option -H, -T, -M, -L is given, -M is the default
+    $opt_M = 1;
+}
+die "$CMD: you may give only one of the -H -T -M -L options\n" if ($opt_cnt > 1);
+
+(@ARGV == 2) || die "$CMD: Expected two arguments: infile outfile. Try \`$CMD -h'.\n";
+
+my %cond_name;
+if ($opt_C) {
+    my $name;
+    foreach $name ((split (/\s/, $opt_C))) {
+	$cond_name{$name} = 1;
+    }
+}
+$cond_name{MAN}   = 1 if ($opt_M);
+$cond_name{HTML}  = 1 if ($opt_H);
+$cond_name{TEXI}  = 1 if ($opt_T);
+$cond_name{LATEX} = 1 if ($opt_L);
+
+
+$SrcFile  = $ARGV[0];
+$DestFile = $ARGV[1];
+open (SRC,  "<$SrcFile")  || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$SrcFile' for reading.\n";
+if ($opt_H || $opt_T) {
+    # DestFile will be written in the postprocess
+    open (DEST, ">$tmp")      || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$tmp' for writing.\n";
+} else {
+    open (DEST, ">$DestFile") || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$DestFile' for writing.\n";
+}
+
+########################################################################
+
+# global variables
+
+# $Prefix is used to construct procedure and variable names
+if ($opt_M) {
+    $Prefix  = "man";
+}
+if ($opt_H) {
+    $Prefix  = "html";
+}
+if ($opt_T) {
+    $Prefix  = "texi";
+}
+
+$texiCenterLine = 0; # true, only in TEXI-mode  if a line must be centered
+$paragraph    = 0; # true, if the last output was a paragraph marker
+$newline      = 0; # true, if the last output was a newline char
+
+$first_word   = 1; # true, if the next word to be processed is the first
+                   #       of a new paragraph or after a line break.
+
+# handling of itemize/enumerate/description environments:
+$list_nest    = 0; # counts nesting of itemize/enumerate/description envrionments
+$cur_list[0]  = "";# array, indexed with list_nest, indicates kind of list:
+                   # values are:  'enum' / 'descr' / 'item'
+$item_nr[0]   = 0; # array, indexed with list_nest, counts the number of \item in the
+                   # list
+$manRS        = 0; # true, if for Man a .RS was given after a \item
+
+$inside_verb  = 0;  # true, if inside a verbatim environment
+$inside_table = 0; # true, if inside a table environment
+$first_column = 0; # true, if this is the first column in a table row
+$columns      = 0; # nr of columns in the current table
+$enum_nr      = 0; # current number of an enumeration
+$nesting      = 0; # count recursive calls of interpret_word
+$section_cnt  = 0; # Index into $sections
+#$sections[0]      # Array of all sections
+#$section_kind     # Array of section kind (subsection/section)
+
+# translation of LaTeX macros without, with one and with two arguments
+$Macro   = \%{$Prefix . "Macro"};
+$Macro1a = \%{$Prefix . "Macro1a"};
+$Macro1b = \%{$Prefix . "Macro1b"};
+$Macro2a = \%{$Prefix . "Macro2a"};
+$Macro2b = \%{$Prefix . "Macro2b"};
+$Macro2c = \%{$Prefix . "Macro2c"};
+
+# translations of special characters
+$LetterCode = \%{$Prefix . "LetterCode"};
+
+########################################################################
+
+sub interpret_word;
+sub interpret_line;
+sub Print;
+sub PrintM;
+sub NL;
+
+########################################################################
+# Translation for LaTeX macros for MAN
+
+# translation of special characters
+$manLetterCode{'ä'} = 'ä';
+$manLetterCode{'ö'} = 'ö';
+$manLetterCode{'ü'} = 'ü';
+$manLetterCode{'Ä'} = 'Ä';
+$manLetterCode{'Ö'} = 'Ö';
+$manLetterCode{'Ü'} = 'Ü';
+$manLetterCode{'ß'} = 'ß';
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$manMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$manMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';     # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                       # section name (which are transposed
+				       # into uppercase
+$manMacro{'itemsep'}    = ' ';
+
+# some math
+$manMacro{'rightarrow'} = '-->';
+$manMacro{'Rightarrow'} = '==>';
+$manMacro{'leftarrow'}  = '<--';
+$manMacro{'Leftarrow'}  = '<==';
+$manMacro{'ge'}         = '>=';
+$manMacro{'le'}         = '<=';
+
+$manMacro{'Dollar'}     = '$';
+$manMacro{'Bar'} 	= '|';
+$manMacro{'Bs'} 	= '\\\\';
+$manMacro{'Tilde'} 	= '~';
+$manMacro{'hline'} 	= '\n_';
+$manMacro{'noindent'} 	= '';
+$manMacro{'copyright'} 	= '(C)';
+$manMacro{'Dots'} 	= '\&...\n';
+$manMacro{'Circum'} 	= '^';
+$manMacro{'Lbr'} 	= '[';
+$manMacro{'Rbr'} 	= ']';
+$manMacro{'LBr'} 	= '{';
+$manMacro{'RBr'} 	= '}';
+$manMacro{'Percent'} 	= '%';
+$manMacro{'Bullet'}     = '*';
+$manMacro{'TEXbr'}	= '';
+$manMacro{'MANbr'}	= '\n.br\n';
+$manMacro{'TEXIbr'}	= '';
+$manMacro{'HTMLbr'}	= '';
+$manMacro{'medskip'}	= '\n';
+$manMacro{'SP'}         = '\fB \fP';  # hack hack this works even on
+				      # the beginning of a line
+$manMacro{'SPfirst'}    = $manMacro{'SP'};
+
+$manMacro{'~'}		= ' ';
+$manMacro{'|'}		= '|';
+$manMacro{'<'}		= '<';
+$manMacro{'>'}		= '>';
+$manMacro{'<='}		= '<=';
+$manMacro{'>='}		= '>=';
+$manMacro{'='}		= '=';
+$manMacro{'<>'}		= '<>';
+$manMacro{'{'}		= '{';
+$manMacro{'}'}		= '}';
+$manMacro{'_'}		= '_';
+$manMacro{'$'}		= '$';
+$manMacro{'#'}		= '#';
+$manMacro{'&'}		= '&';
+$manMacro{'%'}		= '%';
+$manMacro{'-'}		= '';
+$manMacro{','}		= ' ';
+
+$manMacro{'\\'}		= '\n.br';	# line break
+$manMacro{'\\Tab'}	= '\nT}';       # end of column in a table environment
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$manMacro1a{'emph'} 	 	= '\fI';
+	$manMacro1b{'emph'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'textbf'} 	 	= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'textbf'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'texttt'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'texttt'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'verb'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'verb'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'underline'} 	= '\n.ul\n';
+	$manMacro1b{'underline'}= '\n';
+$manMacro1a{'section'}   	= '\n.SH ';
+	$manMacro1b{'section'}  = '\n';
+$manMacro1a{'subsection'}	= '\n.SS ';
+	$manMacro1b{'subsection'} = '';
+$manMacro1a{'subsubsection'}	= '\n.SS ';
+	$manMacro1b{'subsubsection'} = '';
+
+$manMacro1a{'Prog'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'Prog'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'File'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'File'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'Opt'} 	 	= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'Opt'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'oOpt'} 	 	= '[\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'oOpt'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro1a{'Arg'} 	 	= '\fI';
+	$manMacro1b{'Arg'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'oArg'} 	 	= '[\fI';
+	$manMacro1b{'oArg'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro1a{'Email'}		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'Email'}	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'URL'}		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'URL'}	= '\fP';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$manMacro2a{'Cmd'} 		= '\fI';
+	$manMacro2b{'Cmd'} 	= '\fP(';
+	$manMacro2c{'Cmd'} 	= ')';
+$manMacro2a{'OptArg'} 		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'OptArg'} 	= '\fP\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'OptArg'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro2a{'OptoArg'} 		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'OptoArg'} 	= '\fP[\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'OptoArg'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro2a{'oOptArg'} 		= '[\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'oOptArg'} 	= '\fP\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'oOptArg'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro2a{'oOptoArg'} 	= '[\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'oOptoArg'}	= '\fP[\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'oOptoArg'}	= '\fP]]';
+$manMacro2a{'setlength'}	= '';
+	$manMacro2b{'setlength'}= '';
+	$manMacro2c{'setlength'}= '';
+
+########################################################################
+# Translation for LaTeX macros for HTML
+
+# translation of special characters
+$htmlLetterCode{'ä'} = '&auml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'ö'} = '&ouml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'ü'} = '&uuml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'Ä'} = '&Auml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'Ö'} = '&Ouml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'Ü'} = '&Uuml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'ß'} = '&szlig;';
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$htmlMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$htmlMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';     # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                       # section name (which are transposed
+				       # into uppercase
+$htmlMacro{'itemsep'}   = '';
+
+# some math
+$htmlMacro{'rightarrow'} = '--&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'Rightarrow'} = '==&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'leftarrow'}  = '&lt;--';
+$htmlMacro{'Leftarrow'}  = '&lt;==';
+$htmlMacro{'ge'}         = '&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'le'}         = '&lt;=';
+
+$htmlMacro{'Dollar'}    = '$';
+$htmlMacro{'Bar'} 	= '|';
+$htmlMacro{'Bs'} 	= '\\';
+$htmlMacro{'Tilde'} 	= '~';
+$htmlMacro{'hline'} 	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'noindent'} 	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'copyright'} = '&copy;';
+$htmlMacro{'Dots'} 	= '...';
+$htmlMacro{'Circum'} 	= '^';
+$htmlMacro{'Lbr'} 	= '[';
+$htmlMacro{'Rbr'} 	= ']';
+$htmlMacro{'LBr'} 	= '{';
+$htmlMacro{'RBr'} 	= '}';
+$htmlMacro{'Percent'} 	= '%';
+$htmlMacro{'Bullet'}    = '*';
+$htmlMacro{'TEXbr'}	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'MANbr'}	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'TEXIbr'}	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'HTMLbr'}	= '<br>\n';
+$htmlMacro{'medskip'}	= '<br>\n';
+$htmlMacro{'SP'}	= '&nbsp;&nbsp;';
+$htmlMacro{'SPfirst'}    = $htmlMacro{'SP'};
+
+$htmlMacro{'~'}		= '&nbsp;';
+$htmlMacro{'|'}		= '|';
+$htmlMacro{'<'}		= '&lt;';
+$htmlMacro{'>'}		= '&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'<='}	= '&lt;=';
+$htmlMacro{'>='}	= '&gt;=';
+$htmlMacro{'='}		= '=';
+$htmlMacro{'<>'}	= '&lt;&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'{'}		= '{';
+$htmlMacro{'}'}		= '}';
+$htmlMacro{'_'}		= '_';
+$htmlMacro{'$'}		= '$';
+$htmlMacro{'#'}		= '#';
+$htmlMacro{'&'}		= '&amp;';
+$htmlMacro{'%'}		= '%';
+$htmlMacro{'-'}		= '';
+$htmlMacro{','}		= ' ';
+
+$htmlMacro{'\\'}	= '<br>\n';		# line break
+$htmlMacro{'\\Tab'}	= '</td>\n</tr>\n';	# end of column in a table environment
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$htmlMacro1a{'emph'} 		= '<em>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'emph'} 	= '</em>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'textbf'} 		= '<strong>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'textbf'} 	= '</strong>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'texttt'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'texttt'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'verb'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'verb'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'underline'} 	= '<u>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'underline'}  = '</u>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'section'}   	= '\n<h2>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'section'} = '</h2>\n';
+$htmlMacro1a{'subsection'}	= '\n<h4>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'subsection'} = '</h4>\n';
+$htmlMacro1a{'subsubsection'}	= '\n<h5>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'subsubsection'} = '</h5>\n';
+$htmlMacro1a{'Email'}		= '\n<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Email'}	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'URL'}		= '\n<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'URL'}	= '</tt>';
+
+$htmlMacro1a{'Prog'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Prog'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'File'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'File'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'Opt'} 		= '<b>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Opt'} 	= '</b>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'oOpt'} 		= '[<b>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'oOpt'} 	= '</b>]';
+$htmlMacro1a{'Arg'} 		= '<i>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Arg'} 	= '</i>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'oArg'} 		= '[<i>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'oArg'}    = '</i>]';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$htmlMacro2a{'Cmd'} 		  = '<em>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'Cmd'} 	  = '</em>(';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'Cmd'} 	  = ')';
+$htmlMacro2a{'OptArg'} 		  = '<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'OptArg'} 	  = '</b><i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'OptArg'} 	  = '</i>';
+$htmlMacro2a{'OptoArg'} 	  = '<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'OptoArg'}	  = '</b>[<i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'OptoArg'}	  = '</i>]';
+$htmlMacro2a{'oOptArg'} 	  = '[<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'oOptArg'}   = '</b><i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'oOptArg'}   = '</i>]';
+$htmlMacro2a{'oOptoArg'} 	  = '[<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'oOptoArg'}  = '</b>[<i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'oOptoArg'}  = '</i>]]';
+$htmlMacro2a{'setlength'}	  = '';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'setlength'} = '';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'setlength'} = '';
+
+# we handle sections in HTML as having two arguments, 1. the number, 2. the name
+$htmlMacro2a{'section'}   	   = '\n<h2><a name="section_';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'section'}    = '">';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'section'}    = '</a></h2>\n';
+$htmlMacro2a{'subsection'}   	   = '\n<h4><a name="section_';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'subsection'} = '">';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'subsection'} = '</a></h4>\n';
+$htmlMacro2a{'subsubsection'}         = '\n<h5><a name="section_';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'subsubsection'} = '">';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'subsubsection'} = '</a></h5>\n';
+
+# we handle Email and URL special in HTML, the LaTeX argument is doubled.
+$htmlMacro2a{'Email'}		= '<a href ="mailto:';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'Email'}	= '"><tt>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'Email'}	= '</tt></a>';
+$htmlMacro2a{'URL'}		= '<a href ="';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'URL'}	= '"><tt>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'URL'}	= '</tt></a>';
+
+########################################################################
+# Translation for LaTeX macros for TexInfo
+
+# translation of special characters
+$texiLetterCode{'ä'} = '@"a';
+$texiLetterCode{'ö'} = '@"o';
+$texiLetterCode{'ü'} = '@"u';
+$texiLetterCode{'Ä'} = '@"A';
+$texiLetterCode{'Ö'} = '@"O';
+$texiLetterCode{'Ü'} = '@"U';
+$texiLetterCode{'ß'} = '@ss{}';
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$texiMacro{'LaTeX'} 	 = 'LaTeX';
+$texiMacro{'LATEX'} 	 = 'LaTeX';    # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                       # section name (which are transposed
+				       # into uppercase
+$texiMacro{'itemsep'}    = '';
+
+# some math
+$texiMacro{'rightarrow'} = '-->';
+$texiMacro{'Rightarrow'} = '==>';
+$texiMacro{'leftarrow'}  = '<--';
+$texiMacro{'Leftarrow'}  = '<==';
+$texiMacro{'ge'}         = '>=';
+$texiMacro{'le'}         = '<=';
+
+$texiMacro{'Dollar'}    = '$';
+$texiMacro{'Bar'} 	= '|';
+$texiMacro{'Bs'} 	= '\\';
+$texiMacro{'Tilde'} 	= '~';
+$texiMacro{'hline'} 	= '';
+$texiMacro{'noindent'} 	= '\n@noindent\n';
+$texiMacro{'copyright'} = '@copyright{}';
+$texiMacro{'Dots'} 	= '...';
+$texiMacro{'Circum'} 	= '^';
+$texiMacro{'Lbr'} 	= '[';
+$texiMacro{'Rbr'} 	= ']';
+$texiMacro{'LBr'} 	= '@{';
+$texiMacro{'RBr'} 	= '@}';
+$texiMacro{'Percent'} 	= '%';
+$texiMacro{'Bullet'}    = '*';
+$texiMacro{'TEXbr'}	= '';
+$texiMacro{'MANbr'}	= '';
+$texiMacro{'TEXIbr'}	= '@*\n';
+$texiMacro{'HTMLbr'}	= '';
+$texiMacro{'medskip'}	= '@sp 2\n';
+$texiMacro{'SP'}	= '@ @ ';
+
+if ($opt_a) {
+  $texiMacro{'SPfirst'} = $opt_a . '@ ';
+ } else {
+  $texiMacro{'SPfirst'} = '.@ ';
+}
+
+$texiMacro{'~'}		= ' ';
+$texiMacro{'|'}		= '|';
+$texiMacro{'<'}		= '<';
+$texiMacro{'>'}		= '>';
+$texiMacro{'<='}	= '<=';
+$texiMacro{'>='}	= '>=';
+$texiMacro{'='}		= '=';
+$texiMacro{'<>'}	= '<>';
+$texiMacro{'{'}		= '@{';
+$texiMacro{'}'}		= '@}';
+$texiMacro{'_'}		= '_';
+$texiMacro{'$'}		= '$';
+$texiMacro{'#'}		= '#';
+$texiMacro{'&'}		= '&';
+$texiMacro{'%'}		= '%';
+$texiMacro{'-'}		= '@-';
+$texiMacro{','}		= ' ';
+
+$texiMacro{'\\'}	= '@*\n';	# line break
+$texiMacro{'\\Tab'}	= '\n';		# end of column in a table environment
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$texiMacro1a{'emph'} 		= '@emph{';	$texiMacro1b{'emph'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'textbf'} 		= '@strong{';	$texiMacro1b{'textbf'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'texttt'} 		= '@t{';	$texiMacro1b{'texttt'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'verb'} 		= '@t{';	$texiMacro1b{'verb'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'underline'} 	= '';		$texiMacro1b{'underline'}  = '';
+$texiMacro1a{'section'}   	= '\n@section ';    $texiMacro1b{'section'}    = '\n';
+$texiMacro1a{'subsection'}	= '\n@subsection '; $texiMacro1b{'subsection'} = '\n';
+$texiMacro1a{'subsubsection'}	= '\n@subsubsection '; $texiMacro1b{'subsubsection'} = '\n';
+
+$texiMacro1a{'Prog'} 		= '';		$texiMacro1b{'Prog'} 	   = '';
+$texiMacro1a{'File'} 		= '@file{';	$texiMacro1b{'File'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'Opt'} 		= '';		$texiMacro1b{'Opt'} 	   = '';
+$texiMacro1a{'oOpt'} 		= '[ ';		$texiMacro1b{'oOpt'} 	   = ' ]';
+$texiMacro1a{'Arg'} 		= '@var{';	$texiMacro1b{'Arg'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'oArg'} 		= '[ @var{';	$texiMacro1b{'oArg'} 	   = '} ]';
+$texiMacro1a{'Email'}		= '@email{';    $texiMacro1b{'Email'}	  = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'URL'}		= '@url{';      $texiMacro1b{'URL'}	  = '}';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$texiMacro2a{'Cmd'} 		  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'Cmd'} 	  = '(';
+	$texiMacro2c{'Cmd'} 	  = ')';
+$texiMacro2a{'OptArg'} 		  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'OptArg'} 	  = '@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'OptArg'} 	  = '}';
+$texiMacro2a{'OptoArg'} 	  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'OptoArg'}   = '[@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'OptoArg'}   = '}]';
+$texiMacro2a{'oOptArg'} 	  = '[ ';
+	$texiMacro2b{'oOptArg'}   = '@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'oOptArg'}   = '} ]';
+$texiMacro2a{'oOptoArg'} 	  = '[ ';
+	$texiMacro2b{'oOptoArg'}  = '[@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'oOptoArg'}  = '}] ]';
+$texiMacro2a{'setlength'}	  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'setlength'} = '';
+	$texiMacro2c{'setlength'} = '';
+
+########################################################################
+# reading of translations for user macros
+
+if ($opt_t) {
+    do $opt_t;
+}
+
+########################################################################
+# processing for MAN
+
+sub manStart
+{
+    printf DEST "\'\\\" t\n";   # process with tbl
+    printf DEST ".\\\" Manual page created with $CMD on $gen_date\n";
+    printf DEST ".\\\" NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.\n";
+
+    # Definitionen von Verbatimbegin and Verbatimend
+    Print ".de Vb\n.ft CW\n.nf\n..\n.de Ve\n.ft R\n\n.fi\n..\n";
+
+    Print ".TH \"$Name\" \"$chapter\" \"". $date ."\" \"";
+    interpret_word "$tool";
+    Print "\" \""; interpret_word "$tool"; Print "\""; NL;
+    # thanks to Andrew Anderson <aja@emulab.ee.mu.oz.au>
+}
+sub manEnd
+{
+    NL; printf DEST ".\\\" NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.\n";
+}
+sub manSection
+{
+    my ($cnt, $kind, $section) = @_;
+    if ($kind ne "subsubsection"){
+       $section = uc $section;
+    }
+    interpret_line "\\$kind\{$section\}";
+}
+sub manParagraph
+{
+    if (!$paragraph) {
+	if ($manRS == 0 && $list_nest > 1) {
+	    Print '\n.RS';
+	    $manRS = 1;
+	}
+	Print '\n.PP\n';
+	$paragraph  = 1;
+    }
+}
+sub manVerb
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    if ($arg =~ /^\./) { print DEST '\\&' };
+    Print $arg
+}
+sub manItemWithArg
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    if ($manRS == 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    $manRS      = 0;
+    Print '\n.TP\n';
+    interpret_word $arg;
+    PrintM ' ';
+    NL;
+}
+sub manItem
+{
+    if ($manRS == 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    $manRS      = 0;
+    Print '\n.TP\n';
+    if ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'item') {
+	Print '.B *';
+    } elsif ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'enum') {
+	Print $item_nr[$list_nest] . '.';
+    }
+    NL;
+}
+sub manDescriptionStart
+{
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RS\n';
+    }
+}
+sub manDescriptionEnd
+{
+    if ($manRS) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+	$manRS == 0;
+    }
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    manParagraph;
+}
+sub manItemStart
+{
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RS\n';
+    }
+}
+sub manItemEnd
+{
+    if ($manRS) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+	$manRS == 0;
+    }
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    manParagraph;
+}
+sub manEnumEnd
+{
+    if ($manRS) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+	$manRS == 0;
+    }
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    manParagraph;
+}
+
+sub manEnumStart
+{
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RS\n';
+    }
+}
+sub manCenterStart
+{
+    PrintM '\n.ce 100\n';
+}
+sub manCenterEnd
+{
+    PrintM '\n.ce 0\n';
+}
+sub manNameStart
+{
+    interpret_line "\\section\{NAME\}$rest";
+}
+sub manNameEnd
+{
+    # nothing
+}
+sub manTableStart
+{
+    my $columns = $_[0];
+    my $width   = $_[1];
+    my $i;
+    manParagraph;
+    Print '.TS\n';
+    Print 'tab(&);\n';
+    for ($i = 1; $i <= $columns; $i++) {
+	Print " l";
+    }
+    Print "w($width)" if ($width);
+    Print '.\n';
+}
+sub manTableSep
+{
+    Print '\nT}&T{\n';
+}
+sub manTableEnd
+{
+    Print '\n.TE\n';
+    manParagraph;
+}
+
+sub manVerbatimStart
+{
+    Print '\n.Vb\n';
+}
+
+sub manVerbatimEnd
+{
+    Print '.Ve\n';
+}
+
+sub manVerbatimLine
+{
+  s/\\/\\\\/g;
+  s/-/\\-/g;
+  print DEST "$_";
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+# processing for HTML
+
+sub htmlStart
+{
+    Print "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN\">"; 	NL;
+    Print "<!-- Manual page created with $CMD on $gen_date --"; 	NL;
+    Print "  -- Author of $CMD: Juergen.Vollmer\@informatik-vollmer.de --";NL;
+    Print "  -- NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT. -->"; 	NL;
+    Print "<html>";							NL;
+    Print "<head><title>$Name</title></head>"; 				NL;
+    Print "<body bgcolor=\"white\">"; 					NL;
+    Print "<h1 align=center>";						NL;
+    interpret_line $title;
+    Print "</h1>"; 							NL;
+    Print "<h4 align=center>"; interpret_word $author; Print "</h4>"; 	NL;
+    Print "<h4 align=center>$date</h4>"; 				NL;
+    Print "<h4 align=center>Version $version</h4>"; 			NL;
+}
+sub htmlEnd
+{
+    Print "</body>"; 						 NL;
+    Print "</html>"; 						 NL;
+    Print "<!-- NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT. -->"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlSection
+{
+    my ($cnt, $kind, $section) = @_;
+    interpret_line "\\$kind\{$cnt\}\{$section\}";
+}
+sub htmlCenterStart
+{
+    Print '\n<div align=center>\n';
+}
+sub htmlCenterEnd
+{
+    Print '\n</div>\n';
+}
+sub htmlNameStart
+{
+    # nothing
+}
+sub htmlNameEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TOC@@\n';
+}
+sub htmlParagraph
+{
+    if (!$paragraph) {
+	NL; Print "<p>"; NL;
+	$paragraph = 1;
+    }
+}
+sub htmlVerb
+{
+    $arg = $_[0];
+    $arg =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
+    $arg =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
+    $arg =~ s/</&lt;/g;
+    Print $arg;
+}
+sub htmlItemWithArg
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    NL;
+    if ($item_nr[$list_nest] > 1) {
+	NL; Print "</dd>"; NL;
+    }
+    Print "<dt>";
+    interpret_word $arg; Print "</dt>"; NL;
+    Print "<dd>";
+}
+sub htmlItem
+{
+    if ($item_nr[$list_nest] > 1) {
+	Print '</li>\n';
+    }
+    if ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'item') {
+	Print '<li>';
+    } elsif ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'enum') {
+	Print '<li value =' . $item_nr[$list_nest] .'>';
+    }
+}
+sub htmlDescriptionStart
+{
+    NL; Print "<dl compact>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlDescriptionEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</dd>\n</dl>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlItemStart
+{
+    NL; Print "<ul compact>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlItemEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</li>\n</ul>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlEnumStart
+{
+    NL; Print "<ol compact>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlEnumEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</li>\n</ol>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlTableStart
+{
+    my $columns = $_[0];
+    my $width   = $_[1];
+    NL; Print "<table>"; NL:
+}
+sub htmlTableSep
+{
+    if ($first_column == 0) {
+	Print '</td>\n';
+    }
+    Print '<td>';
+}
+sub htmlTableEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</table>"; NL;
+}
+
+sub htmlVerbatimStart
+{
+    NL; Print '<pre>'; NL;
+}
+
+sub htmlVerbatimEnd
+{
+    Print '</pre>'; NL;
+}
+
+sub htmlVerbatimLine
+{
+  s/&/&amp;/g;
+  s/</&lt;/g;
+  s/>/&gt;/g;
+  print DEST "$_";
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+# processing for TexInfo
+
+sub texiStart
+{
+    Print '\input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-'; 			NL;
+    Print '@c %**start of header';				NL;
+    Print '@setfilename ' . "$name.info";			NL;
+    Print '@settitle ' . "$name";				NL;
+    Print '@c %**end of header';				NL;
+    Print '@c Manual page created with' ." $CMD on $gen_date>";	NL;
+    Print '@c NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.'; 	NL;
+}
+sub texiEnd
+{
+    Print '@bye'; 						NL;
+    Print '@c NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.'; 	NL;
+}
+sub texiSection
+{
+    my ($cnt, $kind, $section) = @_;
+    if (uc $sections[$cnt-1] eq "SYNOPSIS") {
+	Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TOC@@\n';
+	$sections[$cnt-1] = "Top";   # The predecessor node is Top and not SYNOPSIS
+    }
+    if (uc $sections[$cnt] eq "SYNOPSIS") {
+	$cnt == 1 ||
+	    die "$CMD: The Synopsis section must be the first section after\n" .
+		"\t the Name environment\n";
+    } else {
+	Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TEXI-SEC@@' . " $kind $cnt" . '\n';
+    }
+    interpret_line "\\$kind\{$section\}";
+}
+sub texiNameStart
+{
+    my ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool) = @_;
+    $sections[0] = "Top";
+    # Print '@dircategory ' .$tool;				NL;
+    Print '@dircategory Man-pages';				NL;
+    Print '@direntry';						NL;
+    Print "* " . (ucfirst $name) . ": ($name). Its Man-Page ";	NL;
+    Print '@end direntry';					NL;
+    Print '@titlepage';						NL;
+    Print '@title ' . "$name";					NL;
+    Print '@subtitle ' . "$tool";				NL;
+    Print '@author ' . "$author";				NL;
+    Print '@end titlepage';					NL;
+    Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TEXI-TOP@@';			NL;
+    Print '@top ' . "$name";					NL;
+}
+sub texiNameEnd
+{
+    # nothing
+}
+sub texiParagraph
+{
+    if (!$paragraph) {
+	NL; print DEST "\n";
+	$paragraph = 1;
+    }
+}
+sub texiVerb
+{
+    $arg = $_[0];
+    $arg =~ s/({|})/\@$1/g;
+    Print $arg;
+}
+sub texiItemWithArg
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    Print '\n@item ';
+    interpret_word $arg;
+    NL;
+}
+sub texiItem
+{
+    Print '\n@item\n';
+}
+sub texiDescriptionStart
+{
+    Print '\n@table @samp\n';
+}
+sub texiDescriptionEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end table\n';
+}
+sub texiItemStart
+{
+    Print '\n@itemize @bullet\n';
+}
+sub texiItemEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end itemize\n';
+}
+sub texiCenterStart
+{
+    $texiCenterLine      = 1;
+    $newline             = 0;
+    $texiMacro{'\\'}     = '@*'; # line break
+    $texiMacro{'TEXIbr'} = '@*';
+    NL;
+}
+sub texiCenterEnd
+{
+    $texiCenterLine      = 0;
+    $newline             = 0;
+    $texiMacro{'\\'}     = '@*\n';	# line break
+    $texiMacro{'TEXIbr'} = '@*\n';
+    NL;
+}
+
+sub texiEnumStart
+{
+    Print '\n@enumerate\n';
+}
+sub texiEnumEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end enumerate\n';
+}
+sub texiTableStart
+{
+    my $columns = $_[0];
+    my $width   = $_[1];
+    my $i;
+    Print '\n@multitable @columnfractions ';
+    for ($i = 1; $i <= $columns; $i++) {
+	Print " " .0.9/$columns ;
+    }
+    Print '\n';
+}
+sub texiTableSep
+{
+    Print '@tab ';
+}
+sub texiTableEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end multitable\n';
+}
+
+sub texiVerbatimStart
+{
+    NL;
+    Print '@*'; NL
+}
+
+sub texiVerbatimEnd
+{
+    NL;
+}
+
+sub texiVerbatimLine
+{
+    s/({|}|@| )/@\1/g;
+    chop;
+    print DEST ".$_\@*\n";
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+###########################################################################
+# general processing
+
+# emit an error message is the given macro does not exists.
+sub check_Macro
+{
+    exists $Macro->{$_[0]} ||
+	die "Error in line $.: no such macro: \\$_[0]\n";
+}
+sub check_Macro1
+{
+    (exists $Macro1a->{$_[0]} && exists $Macro1b->{$_[0]}) ||
+	die "$CMD: Error in line $.: no such macro: \\$_[0]\n";
+}
+sub check_Macro2
+{
+    (exists $Macro2a->{$_[0]} && exists $Macro2b->{$_[0]} && exists $Macro2c->{$_[0]}) ||
+	die "$CMD: Error in line $.: no such macro: \\$_[0]\n";
+}
+
+sub NL
+{
+    if (!$newline) {
+	printf DEST "\n";
+	if ($texiCenterLine) {
+	    print DEST "\@center ";
+	}
+	$newline = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+sub interpret_word
+{
+  if (@_ <= 0) {
+	return;
+  }
+  $_ = join " ", @_;
+  my ($s,$m,$a1,$a2,$r); # start, match/macro, argument1, argument2
+  my $add_blank = 1;  # if true, add a blank after the word
+  if ($opt_D == 2) {
+      if ($nesting == 0) {
+	  print "**** ";
+      } else {
+	  print "     ";
+      }
+      print "\`$_'\n";
+  }
+
+  if ($opt_H) {
+      # handling of HTML table rows
+      if ($inside_table == 1) {
+	  if ($first_column == 1) {
+	      if (/^$/) {
+		  return;
+	      }
+	      if (/^\\hline/) {
+		  Print '\n<tr><td colspan=' . $columns . '><hr></td></tr>\n';
+	      }
+	      Print '\n<tr>\n<td>';
+	  }
+	  $first_column = 0;
+      }
+  } elsif ($opt_M) {
+      # handling of troff table rows
+      if ($inside_table == 1) {
+	  if ($first_column == 1) {
+	      if (/^$/) {
+		  return;
+	      }
+	      Print 'T{\n';
+	  }
+	  $first_column = 0;
+      }
+  } elsif ($opt_T) {
+      # handling of TexInfo specific stuff
+      if ($nesting == 0) {
+	  s'@'@@'g;
+      }
+      if ($inside_table == 1) {
+	  if ($first_column == 1) {
+	      Print '\n@item ';
+	  }
+	  $first_column = 0;
+      }
+  }
+
+  $nesting ++;
+
+  SWITCH: {
+      /^$/                           && do {$add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\verb\+([^+]*)\+/            && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro1a->{'verb'};
+					    &{$Prefix . "Verb"} ($m);
+					    PrintM $Macro1b->{'verb'};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+     /\\(".|ss)/                     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$'; #"
+					    interpret_word $s;
+                                            check_Macro $m;
+                                            PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+                                            last SWITCH;
+                                        };
+     /\\item\s*\[([^]]*)\]/          && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+                                            $item_nr[$list_nest] ++;
+					    &{$Prefix . "ItemWithArg"} ($m);
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\item\s*/                    && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+                                            $item_nr[$list_nest] ++;
+					    &{$Prefix . "Item"};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # LaTeX macros with two arguments
+       /\\([a-zA-Z]+){([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}/
+ 				     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$a1=$2;$a2=$3;$r=$';
+                                            check_Macro2 $m;
+                                            interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro2a->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro2b->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a2;
+					    PrintM $Macro2c->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    NL;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # Special Handling of Email and URL LaTeX macros with one argument
+       /\\(URL|Email){([^}]*)}/ && ($opt_H)
+ 				     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$a1=$2;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro2a->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro2b->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro2c->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    NL;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # LaTeX macros with one argument
+       /\\([a-zA-Z]+){([^}]*)}/      && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$a1=$2;$r=$';
+					    check_Macro1 $m;
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro1a->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro1b->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    NL;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # Special handling of some LaTeX macros without an argument
+       /\\SP\s*/                     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    if ($first_word) {
+						PrintM $Macro->{"SPfirst"};
+				            } else {
+						PrintM $Macro->{"SP"};
+				            }
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    $add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+                                        };
+       /\\(MANbr|TEXIbr|HTMLbr)\s*/  && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    # set $first_word to true
+					    check_Macro $m;
+	   	                            interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    $first_word = 1;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    $add_blank  = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+       					};
+       # LaTeX macros without an argument:
+       /\\([a-zA-Z]+)\s*/            && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    check_Macro $m;
+	   	                            interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    $add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+       					};
+       /\\({|}|\$|_|#|&|-|%|,|\.|;)/ && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+	                                    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      # LaTeX Math
+      /\$(<|>|<=|>=|=|<>)\$/         && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\$([^\$]*)\$/                 && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    interpret_word $m;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /&/                            && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    &{$Prefix . "TableSep"};
+					    $first_column = 0;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /~/                            && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    PrintM $Macro->{'~'};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\\\/                         && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    if ($inside_table) {
+						PrintM $Macro->{'\\Tab'};
+						$first_column = 1;
+						if (length ($r) > 0) {
+						    interpret_word $r;
+						}
+					    } else {
+						PrintM $Macro->{'\\'};
+						$first_word = 1;
+						interpret_word $r;
+					    }
+					    $add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       /\\$|\\ /                     && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+                                            # LaTeX explicit blank \ will be
+					    # represented as a single \ at
+					    # the end of the word
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    Print " ";
+	                                    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\/                           && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    interpret_word "\\$r";
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      ($opt_M == 1) && /((^\.|')+)/  && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    print DEST "\\&$m";
+					    $newline = 0;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      Print "$_";
+  };
+  $nesting --;
+  Print " " if ($nesting == 0 && $add_blank);
+}
+
+sub interpret_line
+{
+    my $line  = $_[0]; chomp $line;
+    my @words = split(/\s+/,$line);
+    my $max   = $#words;
+    my $i;
+    my $join  = 0;   # true, if words must be joined
+    my $word  = "";  # the joined word
+    my $kind  = 0;   # 1: item[ .. ], 2: { .. }, 3: \verb+ .. +
+    if ($max < 0) {
+	# empty line marks a paragraph
+	&{$Prefix . "Paragraph"};
+	$first_word = 1;
+	return;
+    }
+    for ($i = 0; $i <= $max; $i++) {
+	$_ = $words[$i];
+	# printf "\`$words[$i]'";
+	if (/^[\s]*$/) { # skip leading blanks
+	    # nothing
+	} elsif ((!$join || ($kind != 3)) && /^%+/) { # skip comments
+	    last;
+        } else {
+	    # if blanks in a { .. }, \item[ .. ], \verb+ .. + then we have to joind words
+	    if ($join) {
+		# check whether this is the last word to be joined
+		if ($kind == 1) { # item
+		    $join = index ($_, "]") == -1;
+		} elsif ($kind == 2) { # braces
+		    my @x = $_ =~ /[^\\]}/g;
+		    $join = $#x == -1;
+		} elsif ($kind == 3) { # verb
+		    $join = index ($_, "+") == -1;
+		}
+	        $word .= " " . $words[$i];
+	        if (!$join) {
+		    interpret_word $word;
+		    $word = "";
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# check whether we have to join some words
+		if (/\\item/) {
+		    my $cnt1 = tr/[/[/;
+		    my $cnt2 = tr/]/]/;
+		    $join = $cnt1 != $cnt2 | $cnt1 == 0;
+		    $kind = 1;
+		} elsif (/\\verb/) {
+		    my $cnt = tr/+/+/;
+		    $join = $cnt % 2 != 0;
+		    $kind = 3;
+		} else {
+		    my @x = $_ =~ /[^\\]{/g;
+		    my @y = $_ =~ /[^\\]}/g;
+		    $join = $#x != $#y;
+		    $kind = 2;
+		}
+	        if ($join) {
+		    $word = $words[$i];
+		} else {
+		    interpret_word $words[$i];
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ($join) {
+	interpret_word $word;
+    }
+    NL;
+}
+
+sub PrintM
+# print only for Macro command text
+{
+    if (@_ <= 0 || length ($_[0]) == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    my $l = shift;
+    my $c;
+    $l =~ s/\\n/\n/g;
+    foreach $c (split ("", $l)) {
+	if ($c eq "\n") {
+	    NL;
+	    $newline = 0;
+	} else {
+	    print DEST "$c";
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+sub Print
+{
+
+    # printf "\`$_[0]'\n";
+    if (@_ <= 0 || length ($_[0]) == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    my $x = $_[0];
+
+    unless ($x =~ /^\s*$/) {
+	# if other chars than blanks are printed:
+	$first_word = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!$inside_verb) {
+	# transform special characters
+	$x =~ s/([äöüÄÖÜß])/$LetterCode->{"$1"}/go;
+    }
+
+    my @parts = split /\\n/, $x, -1;
+    # -1: trailing \n generates an empty list element
+    my $i;
+    for ($i = 0; $i <= $#parts; $i++) {
+	if ($newline) {
+	    # skip leading blanks after a newline
+	    $parts[$i] =~ s/^\s+//;
+        }
+	if (length($parts[$i]) > 0) {
+	    if ($opt_M) {
+	        $parts[$i] =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
+	        $parts[$i] =~ s/-/\\-/g;
+	    }
+	    printf DEST "%s", $parts[$i];
+	    $newline = 0;
+	}
+	if ($i < $#parts) {
+	    NL;
+	}
+    }
+    $paragraph = 0;
+}
+#########################################################################
+
+sub date2str
+{
+    @EnglishMonthName = ('','January','February','March','April','May','June','July',
+			 'August','September','October','November','December');
+    # split date
+    my ($Year,$Month,$Day) = split (/\//,$_[0]);
+    return $Day . " " . $EnglishMonthName[$Month] . " " . $Year;
+}
+
+$rcs_date=`date '+%Y/%m/%d/'`;             # date of the man-page, overwritten
+                                           # by \rcsInfo
+$date =  date2str ($rcs_date);
+$Macro->{'today'}  = $date;
+
+#########################################################################
+my @skip;       # stack of skip-flags, 1: skip, 0: don't skip
+push @skip, 0;  # synthetic "outer most" IF, don't skip
+my $last_cond_clause = "";
+
+sub handle_conditional_text
+{
+    $_ = $_[0];
+#    printf "skip-stack: %s;\t top = %s\n", join (", ", @skip), $skip[-1];
+    if (/^\s*%@%\s+IF\s+([^%]*)\s+%@%\s*$/) {
+	# produce a program, which evaluates the condition:
+	my $prog_cond = $1;
+	$prog_cond    =~ s/(\w+)/\$$1/g;
+	my $prog = "";
+	my $var;
+	foreach $var (keys %cond_name) {
+	    if ($var ne "") {
+		$prog .= "my \$$var = 1; "      # declare set names,
+		    				# undeclared ones get value 0
+		}
+	}
+	$prog .= "return ($prog_cond) ? 0 : 1;";
+#	print "\n**** [$prog]\n";
+	my $skip = eval $prog;
+	($@ eq "") || die "$CMD: error in line $.: wrong condition of `%@% IF.. ($@)\n";
+#	print "**** skip=$skip\n";
+
+	$last_cond_clause = "IF";
+	if ($skip[-1] == 1) {
+	    # skip this text, since outer IF skips
+	    push @skip, 1;
+	} else {
+	    # outer IF is not skipped, hence consider this IF
+	    push @skip, $skip;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*%@%\s+ELSE\s+%@%\s*$/) {
+	($last_cond_clause =~ /IF/ && ($#skip > 0)) ||
+	    die "$CMD: error in line $.: `%@% ELSE %@%' without an `%@% IF..'\n";
+	$last_cond_clause = "ELSE";
+	if ($skip[-2] == 0) {
+	    $skip[-1] = $skip[-1]? 0 : 1;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*%@%\s+END-IF\s+%@%\s*$/) {
+	$last_cond_clause = "END-IF";
+	($#skip == 0) &&
+	    die "$CMD: error in line $.: `%@% END-IF %@%' without an `%@% IF..'\n";
+	pop @skip;
+    }
+#    print "$last_cond_clause: skip = $skip[-1]\n";
+}
+
+############################################################################
+# handle LaTeX output
+if ($opt_L) {
+    while (<SRC>) {
+	if ($opt_D == 1) {
+	    my $line = $_; chop $line;
+	    print "--- \`$line'\n";
+	}
+
+	if (/^\s*%@%\s/) {
+	    my $skip = $skip[-1];
+	    handle_conditional_text ("$_");
+	    # write %@% directive
+	    print DEST $_;
+	    next;
+	}
+	next if ($skip[-1] == 1);
+	print DEST $_;
+    }
+    close (DEST);
+    exit (0);
+}
+
+############################################################################
+# handle non-LaTeX output
+
+# read sections
+# Variables:   $section     name of the section in uppercase letters
+#              $chapter     chapter of the man page
+#              $name        name of the man page
+#              $Name        name of the man page in uppercase
+#              $author      author of the man page
+#              $tool        info about the tool set, $name is part of
+#              $date        date
+#              $version     version info
+$started     = 0;
+while (<SRC>) {
+    if ($opt_D == 1) {
+	my $line = $_; chop $line;
+	print "--- \`$line'\n";
+    }
+
+    if ((/^\s*%@%\s/) && ($inside_verb==0)) {
+	my $skip = $skip[-1];
+	handle_conditional_text ("$_");
+    }
+    next if ($skip[-1] == 1);
+
+    if ($inside_verb) {
+        if (/^\s*\\end{verbatim}/) {
+	    if ($started == 1) {
+		&{$Prefix . "VerbatimEnd"};
+		$inside_verb = 0;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    &{$Prefix . "VerbatimLine"} ($_);
+	}
+	next;
+    }
+
+    # remove {, } around Umlaute
+    s/{(\\".)}/\1/g;      # "
+    s/{(\\ss)}/\1/g;
+
+    # normalize special characters
+    s/\\"a/ä/g;
+    s/\\"o/ö/g;
+    s/\\"u/ü/g;
+    s/\\"A/Ä/g;
+    s/\\"O/Ö/g;
+    s/\\"U/Ü/g;
+    s/\\ss/ß/g;
+
+    if (/^\s*\\rcsInfo \$(.*)\$/) {
+	my ($rcs_id,$rcs_file,$rcs_revision,
+	 $rcs_date,$rcs_time,$rcs_owner,$rcs_status,$rcs_locker) = split(/\s/,$1);
+	$date = date2str ($rcs_date);
+	$Macro->{'today'}  = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setDate{\\rcsInfoLongDate}/) {
+	$Macro->{'Date'} = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setDate{\\today}/) {
+	$Macro->{'Date'} = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setDate{([^}]*)}/) {
+	$date = $1;
+	$date =~ s/~/$Macro->{'~'}/g;
+	$Macro->{'Date'} = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setVersion{([^}]*)}/) {
+	$version            = $1;
+	$versin             =~ s/~/$Macro->{'~'}/g;
+	$Macro->{'Version'} = $version;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{Name}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}/) {
+        $section = "Name";
+        $chapter = $1;
+	$name    = $2;
+	$Name    = uc $name;
+	$author  = $3;
+	$tool    = $4;
+	$title   = $5;
+	$rest    = $';
+	$started = 1;
+	$sections[0] = $section;
+	$section_cnt = 0;
+	&{$Prefix . "Start"}     ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool, $title);
+	&{$Prefix . "NameStart"} ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool, $title);
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{Name}/) {
+	&{$Prefix . "NameEnd"} ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool);
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{Table}(\[([^]]*)\])?{([^}]*)}/) {
+        # \begin{Table}[width]{columns}
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $columns      = $3;
+	    $column       = $_[0];
+	    $inside_table = 1;
+	    $first_column = 1;
+	    &{$Prefix . "TableStart"} ($columns, $2);
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{Table}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $inside_table = 0;
+	    $first_column = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "TableEnd"} ($columns);
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{Description}(\[[^]]*\])?/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'descr';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionStart"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{Description}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionEnd"};
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{description}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'descr';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionStart"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{description}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionEnd"};
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{center}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "CenterStart"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{center}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "CenterEnd"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{enumerate}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'enum';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "EnumStart"} ;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{enumerate}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "EnumEnd"} ;
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{itemize}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'item';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "ItemStart"} ;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{itemize}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "ItemEnd"} ;
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{verbatim}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "VerbatimStart"};
+	    $inside_verb = 1;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\(subsubsection|subsection|section){([^}]*)}/) {
+        $kind    = $1;
+	$section = $2;
+	$section_cnt ++;
+	$sections[$section_cnt]     = $section;
+	$section_kind[$section_cnt] = $kind;
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "Section"} ($section_cnt, $kind, $section);
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\LatexManEnd/) {
+	last;
+    } elsif (/^\s*((\\begin{Name|Table|Description})|(\\(sub)?section))/) {
+	die "$CMD: in line $.\n           " .
+	    "Arguments of $1 are not contained in a single " .
+	    "line.\n           " .
+	    "Remember: all arguments of a macro must be on the same line.\n";
+    } else {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    interpret_line $_;
+	}
+    }
+}
+&{$Prefix . "End"};
+
+close DEST;
+
+if ($opt_H || $opt_T) {
+    open (TMP, "<$tmp")       || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$tmp' for reading.\n";
+    open (DEST, ">$DestFile") || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$DestFile' for writing.\n";
+    while (<TMP>) {
+	if (/^\@\@INSERTION-POINT\@\@-TOC\@\@$/) {
+	    if ($opt_H) {
+		# Table of contents for HTML
+                my $nesting     = 0; # nesting of section/subsection/subsubsection
+		Print '\n<h3>Table of Contents</h3>\n';
+		for ($i = 1; $i <= $section_cnt; $i++) {
+                    my $cur_nesting = 0;
+		    if ($section_kind[$i] eq "subsubsection") {
+                        $cur_nesting = 3;
+		    } elsif ($section_kind[$i] eq "subsection") {
+                        $cur_nesting = 2;
+		    } elsif ($section_kind[$i] eq "section") {
+                        $cur_nesting = 1;
+		    }
+                    if ($cur_nesting > $nesting) {
+			  # open a new list
+                          Print '\n<ul>\n'
+                    }
+                    if ($cur_nesting == $nesting) {
+			  # same level, close list item
+		          Print '</li>\n';
+                    }
+                    if ($cur_nesting < $nesting) {
+			  # close list and list item
+			  for my $i ($cur_nesting .. $nesting-1) {
+		            Print '</li>\n';
+		            Print '</ul>\n';
+                          }
+                    }
+                    # print item
+		    Print "<li><a href=\"#section_$i\">";
+		    interpret_word $sections[$i];
+		    Print "</a>";
+                    $nesting = $cur_nesting;
+		}
+                # close remaining lists
+		for my $i (1 .. $nesting) {
+		    Print '</li>\n';
+		    Print '</ul>\n';
+               }
+	    } else {
+		# Menu of sections for texi
+		Print '@menu\n';
+		for ($i = 2; $i <= $section_cnt; $i++) {
+		    interpret_line "* " . $sections[$i] . "::";
+		}
+		Print '@end menu\n';
+	    }
+	} elsif (/\@\@INSERTION-POINT\@\@-TEXI-TOP\@\@/) {
+	    # Texi-top node
+	    Print '@node Top, ' . $sections[2] . ', (dir), (dir)\n';
+	} elsif (/\@\@INSERTION-POINT\@\@-TEXI-SEC\@\@ (\w+) (\d+)/) {
+	    # print section header for texi
+	    $kind    = $1;
+	    $cnt     = $2;
+	    $section = $sections[$cnt];
+	    Print '@node ' ;
+	    interpret_word "$sections[$cnt], ";
+	    interpret_word "$sections[$cnt+1], ";
+	    interpret_word "$sections[$cnt-1], Top ";
+	    NL;
+	} else {
+	    print DEST $_;
+	}
+    }
+    close TMP;
+    close DEST;
+    unlink $tmp;
+}
+
+#########################################################################
+
+## Emacs specific:
+## Local Variables: ***
+## mode: perl ***
+## End: ***
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/CHANGES
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d7a166dcfda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/CHANGES
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+
+                Change history of the latex2man package
+                =======================================
+
+$Id: CHANGES,v 1.60 2008/11/11 07:18:18 vollmer Exp $
+1.23   11 Nov  2008     - use /usr/bin/env to locate the perl interpreter
+       	                  Thanks to "J.R. Mauro" <jrm8005-at-gmail.com>
+1.22   05 Dec  2007     - Fixed TROFF code generation if none of -H -T -M -L
+                          is given.
+1.21   05 Jul  2007     - Fixed Makefile
+1.20   24 Apr  2007     - Added optional parameter to Table-environment
+                        - Fixed generataion of tbl-tables.
+1.19   12 Sep  2005     - Thanks to Aleksey Nogin <nogin@cs.caltech.edu> for
+                          his bugfix of the problem he found:
+                          "I came across another issue in the latest
+                           latex2man - if the source file has "\verb+.foo+" in
+                           it, then the ".foo" will be copied to the man page
+                           verbatim and if it happens to be placed on the
+                           beginning of a line, then troff will consider it to
+                           be a command and not display it properly."
+1.18   20 July 2005     - latex2man.sty: Removed option pdf.
+1.17   14 Oct  2004     - Fixed order of gerating &amp; for HTML
+                          (Thanks to Aleksey Nogin <nogin@cs.caltech.edu>)
+1.16   06 Sep  2004     - Fixed handling of % in \verb+..+ and verbatim
+                          environments
+                          (Thanks to  Aleksey Nogin <nogin@cs.caltech.edu>)
+                        - added \subsubsection
+1.15   12 Dec  2001     - added extra stuff in the headline of man pages
+                          (thanks to Andrew Anderson <aja@emulab.ee.mu.oz.au>)
+1.14   18 June 2001     - TROFF generation: fixed handling of leading . and '
+                        - removed macro \Dot
+1.13   08 May  2001     - Added \begin{center} / \end{center}.
+                        - Reimplemented font changing stuff in TROFF
+                          generation (use now troff instead of -man commands).
+1.12.3 10 Apr  2001     - Fixed \oOptArg in man output.
+1.12.2 12 Mar  2001     - Fixed handling of conditional translation to LaTeX
+                          (if in a IF .. ELSE .. END-IF, the condition
+                           evaluates to true, the ELSE and END-IF are written
+                           to the result file, but not the IF...
+                           Now all %@% directives are written.)
+1.12.1 13 Sep  2000     - In \setDate and \setVersion a ~ is replaced by the
+                          output specific blank.
+1.12   28 Aug  2000     - Fixed error in htmlVerb (thanks to
+                          Glunz Wolfgang <Wolfgang.Glunz@icn.siemens.de>)
+                        - Fixed error in conditional text handling:
+                          (%@%ELSE%@% was not handled correct).
+1.11   25 Aug  2000     - Fixed error in conditional text handling:
+                          (MAN was not enabled by default, when calling
+                           with -M).
+                        - Added eror message, if arguments of \begin{Name},
+                          \section, and \subsection are not contained on a
+                          single line.
+1.10.1 21 Aug  2000     - Better handling of \Tilde.
+1.10   13 Jun  2000     - added \Begin{Description}[label] (based on an idea of
+                          Andi Winter <winter@cocolab.de>)
+                        - Thanks to  Andi Winter <winter@cocolab.de>:
+                          - fixed: removed wrong line break in date for
+                            TROFF output
+                          - fixed wrong line breaks in some TROFF macros
+                          - fixed wrong output of optional arguments in TROFF
+                          - allow spaces between `\item' and following `['
+1.9.1  20 Mar  2000     - added \OptoArg \oOptoArg Option with optional
+                          argument (Thanks to Andi Winter <winter@cocolab.de>)
+1.9    13 Mar  2000     - latex2man.sty: Added option pdf.
+                          latex2man:     define names HTML TEXI MAN LATEX
+                                         automatically.
+1.8    11 Feb  2000     - Added verbatim environment (many thanks to
+                          "Olaf Maibaum" <Maibaum@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.DE>
+                          who provided me the troff generation code)
+                        - Added better handling of german Umlaut
+                        - Fixed minor HTML tag mismatch.
+1.7.1  17 Nov  1999     - Fixed END_IF handling of -L option.
+1.7    25 July 1999     - Allow german Umlaute to be written as \"a, etc.
+1.6.4  30 May  1999     - Added fix of Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.TU-Ilmenau.DE
+                          line 418: from
+                                if ($manRS == 0 && $list_nest > 0) {
+                          to
+                                if ($manRS == 0 && $list_nest > 1) {
+                          line 471: from
+
+                                #    manParagraph;
+                          to
+                                     manParagraph;
+1.6.3   25 Mar  1999    - Added \,  Math stuff is matched now after macro
+                          arguments
+1.6.2   21 Nov  1998    - Added \LBr / \RBr, added \setlength{}{} and \itemsep
+                          \Dollar $\ge$, $\le$, $\leftarrow$, $\Leftarrow$,
+                          $\rightarrow$, $\Rightarrow$.
+1.6.1   14 Sep  1998    - Added $<=$, $>=$, $=$ $<>$.
+1.6     08 Sep  1998    - Added \SP macro.
+                        - Hyphenation \- is translated for TexInfo into @-.
+                        - Runs now under older Versions of Perl (e.g. 5.03).
+1.5     22 Aug  1998    - Support for the fanyhdr package, added latex2man.cfg
+                        - Now \% and \- work.
+1.4     23 July 1998    - Fixed typos.
+                        - Fixed generated HTML
+                             The following is wrong: <a ..> <h..>....</h..></a>
+                             Correct is:             <h..><a ..>...</a></h..>
+1.3     03 June 1998    - Add conditional text feature
+1.2     18 Jan  1998    - Enumerate/itemize/description environments may
+                          be nested now.
+                        - Output specific line break macros.
+1.1     14 Jan  1998    - Fixed bug in HTML generation (no blanks emited
+                          after \hline)
+1.0     11 Jan  1998    - Initial version
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/INSTALL b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f87b88d66f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+How to install latex2man:
+
+Requirements:
+ - Latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+ - LaTeX2e
+ - If you want to install the system with the distributed Makefile, you need
+   GNU-make. If you don't have it, you should execute the steps shown
+   in the Makefile manually.
+
+Installation:
+ - Edit the Makefile and set
+	BIN_DIR		= $(HOME)/bin
+	MAN_DIR		= $(HOME)/man
+	HTML_DIR	= $(HOME)/public_html
+	INFO_DIR	= $(HOME)/info
+	TEX_DIR		= $(HOME)/tex/inputs
+	CFG_DIR		= $(HOME)/tex/inputs
+   to your needs
+ - If you do not have pdflatex installed, remove in the "all" goal,
+   the sub goal "$(BASE).pdf".
+ - Edit latex2man and set in the first line
+   	#!/usr/local/bin/perl
+   to the correct path
+ - make install
+
+That's it.
+
+The following files should be part of this package:
+	latex2man/latex2man
+	latex2man/latex2man.tex
+	latex2man/latex2man.cfg
+	latex2man/latex2man.sty
+	latex2man/latex2man.trans
+	latex2man/latex2man.1
+	latex2man/latex2man.txt
+	latex2man/latex2man.html
+	latex2man/latex2man.texi
+	latex2man/latex2man.info
+	latex2man/latex2man.pdf
+	latex2man/Makefile
+	latex2man/README
+	latex2man/INSTALL
+	latex2man/CHANGES
+	latex2man/THIS-IS-VERSION-x.y
+
+Juergen
+
+$Id: INSTALL,v 1.7 2000/03/13 10:25:48 vollmer Entwurf $
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f40f285f32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+# Project: 	Documentation Tools
+# Descr:	Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), Makefile
+# Author:	Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+# $Id: Makefile,v 1.106 2008/11/11 07:17:29 vollmer Exp $
+
+BASE		= latex2man
+
+#-------- user configuration section
+BIN_DIR		= $(HOME)/bin
+MAN_DIR		= $(HOME)/man
+HTML_DIR	= $(HOME)/public_html
+INFO_DIR	= $(HOME)/info
+TEX_DIR		= $(HOME)/tex/inputs
+CFG_DIR		= $(HOME)/tex/inputs
+#-------- end of user configuration section
+
+DATE		= `date +%Y-%m-%d`
+DATE2		= `date +%Y/%m/%d`
+TAR_BAK		= $(BASE)-$(DATE)-backup.tar.gz
+TAR_SRC		= $(BASE)-$(DATE)-source.tar.gz
+TAR_DIST	= $(BASE)-$(VERSION).tar.gz
+EX		= --exclude "*.o" --exclude core --exclude "*.tar.gz" --exclude "*~" \
+		  --exclude "*.a" --exclude "*.php"
+EXrcs		= $(EX) --exclude "*/RCS/*"  --exclude "*/RCS"
+
+VERSION		= 1.23
+V_DATE		= 2008/11/11
+latex2man	= ./latex2man
+
+D		= $
+
+HOMEPAGE	= $(HOME)/Privat/informatik-vollmer/software
+
+.PHONY:    all clean realclean diff backup src-tar
+#.SUFFIXES: .tex .html .ps .info .texi .txt
+
+all: $(BASE).1 $(BASE).html  $(BASE).texi $(BASE).info $(BASE).txt \
+		$(BASE).pdf
+	$(MAKE) clean
+
+%.ps: %.tex
+	latex $*.tex
+	latex $*.tex
+	dvips -o $*.ps $*.dvi
+
+%.pdf: %.tex
+	rm -f /tmp/$*.tex /tmp/$*.pdf /tmp/$*.aux  /tmp/$*.toc /tmp/$*.log /tmp/$*.sty
+	(cp $*.tex $*.sty /tmp  && \
+	 cd /tmp         	&& \
+	 pdflatex $*.tex 	&& \
+	 pdflatex $*.tex);
+	mv /tmp/$*.pdf .
+
+%.info: %.texi
+	makeinfo $*.texi
+
+%.txt: %.1
+	groff -t -man -Tlatin1 $*.1      |	\
+		sed -e 's/.//g' 	\
+		    -e 's/7|//g' 	\
+		    -e 's/[6-9]//g' 	\
+		    -e 's///g'      	\
+		    -e 's/­$$/- /'      > $*.txt
+
+%.1: %.tex
+	$(latex2man) -M $*.tex $*.1
+
+%.html: %.tex
+	$(latex2man) -H $*.tex $*.html
+
+%.texi: %.tex
+	$(latex2man) -T $*.tex $*.texi
+
+CHANGES.html: CHANGES
+	sed -e's/&/\&amp;/g' -e's/>/\&gt;/g' -e's/</\&lt;/g' \
+		< CHANGES > CHANGES.html
+
+$(BASE).php: $(BASE).php.src Makefile CHANGES.html
+	 sed < $(BASE).php.src 				\
+	     -e "s|@VERSION@|$(VERSION)|g"		\
+	     -e "s|@DATE@|$(V_DATE)|g"			\
+	     -e "/@CHANGELOG@/r CHANGES.html"		\
+	     -e "/^@.*@$$/d"				\
+	     -e "s|$(BASE).src|$(BASE)|g"		\
+	     -e "s|$(D)\(Id: $(BASE),v .*\) $(D)|\1|g" |\
+	 sed  -e "/$(D)Id: CHANGES,v/d"			\
+	 > $(BASE).php
+	rm -f CHANGES.html
+
+latex2man-html.php: latex2man.html Makefile
+	@ (echo '<?php';						\
+	   echo ' $$prefix    = "..";';					\
+           echo ' $$logo      = "abakus.jpg";';				\
+	   echo ' $$logo_text = "russischer Abakus";';			\
+	   echo ' $$language  = "en";';					\
+	   echo ' include "$$prefix/scripts/header.inc"';		\
+	   echo '?>';							\
+	   sed < latex2man.html 					\
+	    -e "1,/<body*/d"						\
+            -e "/<h4 align=center>/d"					\
+	    -e "s/ align=center//g"					\
+	    -e "/<\/body>/d"						\
+	    -e "/<\/html>/d";						\
+	   echo '<?php include "$$prefix/scripts/footer.inc"?>';	\
+	  ) > latex2man-html.php
+
+latex2man-text.php: latex2man.txt Makefile
+	@ (echo '<?php';							\
+	   echo ' $$prefix    = "..";';						\
+           echo ' $$logo      = "abakus.jpg";';					\
+	   echo ' $$logo_text = "russischer Abakus";';				\
+           echo ' $$langauge  = "en";';						\
+	   echo ' include "$$prefix/scripts/header.inc"';			\
+	   echo '?>';								\
+	   echo '<h1>LaTeX2MAN<br><small>plain text / UNIX-man</small></h1>';	\
+	   echo '<pre';							        \
+	   echo '     style="border-style:ridge;border-width:2px;">';		\
+	   cat  latex2man.txt |						        \
+                sed -e's/&/\&amp;/g' -e's/>/\&gt;/g' -e's/</\&lt;/g' ;	 	\
+	   echo '</pre>';							\
+	   echo '<?php include "$$prefix/scripts/footer.inc"?>';		\
+	  ) > latex2man-text.php
+
+homepage: latex2man.pdf latex2man.txt latex2man.php latex2man-html.php \
+	  latex2man-text.php latex2man.info
+	cp -fp $(TAR_DIST) latex2man.pdf latex2man*.php latex2man.info $(HOMEPAGE)
+	cp -fp CHANGES $(HOMEPAGE)/latex2man-CHANGES
+	rm -f *.php
+
+install: realclean all
+	@echo
+	@if [ ! -f $(INFO_DIR)/dir ]; 					\
+	then 								\
+	  (echo ;							\
+	   echo "";							\
+	   echo "File: dir	Node: Top	This is the top of the INFO tree";	\
+	   echo "* Menu: " )						\
+	   > $(INFO_DIR)/dir ;						\
+	fi
+	cp -f $(BASE)		  $(BIN_DIR)
+	cp -f $(BASE).sty	  $(TEX_DIR)
+	cp -f $(BASE).cfg	  $(CFG_DIR)
+	cp -f $(BASE).1   	  $(MAN_DIR)/man1
+	cp -f $(BASE).html     	  $(HTML_DIR)
+	cp -f $(BASE).info	  $(INFO_DIR)
+	install-info $(BASE).info $(INFO_DIR)/dir
+	$(MAKE) clean
+
+uninstall:
+	rm -f $(BIN_DIR)/$(BASE)
+	rm -f $(TEX_DIR)/$(BASE).sty
+	rm -f $(CFG_DIR)/$(BASE).cfg
+	rm -f $(MAN_DIR)/man1/$(BASE).1
+	rm -f $(HTML_DIR)/$(BASE).html
+	rm -f $(INFO_DIR)/$(BASE).info
+	- install-info --quiet --remove $(BASE).info $(INFO_DIR)/dir
+
+src-tar:
+	$(MAKE) realclean all
+	@cd ..; tar $(EXrcs)  -czvf $(BASE)/$(TAR_SRC) $(BASE)
+
+dist:
+	rm -f THIS-IS-VERSION-*
+	@- co -l latex2man latex2man.tex latex2man.sty README
+	@rm -f .xxx; cp latex2man .xxx
+	@sed < .xxx -e 's/$VERSION = .*/$VERSION = "$(VERSION)";/' > latex2man
+	@rm -f .xxx; cp latex2man.tex .xxx
+	@sed < .xxx -e 's/^\\setVersion{[0-9]*\(\.[0-9]*\)*}/\\setVersion{$(VERSION)}/'  \
+		    -e 's|^\\setDate{[0-9]*/[0-9]*/[0-9]*}|\\setDate{$(V_DATE)}|'   \
+		     > latex2man.tex
+	@rm -f .xxx; cp latex2man.sty .xxx
+	@sed < .xxx -e 's/^%% VERSION:.*/%% VERSION: $(VERSION)/' 		        \
+                    -e "s|^\(\\\\ProvidesPackage{latex2man}\).*|\1[$(DATE2) v$(VERSION)]|"\
+             > latex2man.sty
+	rm -f .xxx; cp README .xxx
+	@sed < .xxx -e 's/^VERSION:.*/VERSION: $(VERSION)/' > README
+	@rm -f .xxx
+	ci -u -m"Distribution" latex2man latex2man.tex latex2man.sty README
+	- $(MAKE) realclean all
+	@echo "VERSION $(VERSION) DATE=$(V_DATE)" > THIS-IS-VERSION-$(VERSION)
+	@cd ..; tar $(EXrcs)  -czvf $(BASE)/$(TAR_DIST)	\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.tex		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.cfg		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.sty 		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.trans		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.1		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.txt		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.html		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.texi		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.info		\
+			$(BASE)/latex2man.pdf		\
+			$(BASE)/Makefile 		\
+			$(BASE)/README	 		\
+			$(BASE)/INSTALL 		\
+			$(BASE)/CHANGES 		\
+			$(BASE)/THIS-IS-VERSION-$(VERSION)
+
+backup:
+	@ cd ..; tar $(EX) -czvf /tmp/$(TAR_BAK) $(BASE)
+	@ copy-to-backup -al -d $(BASE) /tmp/$(TAR_BAK)
+	@ rm /tmp/$(TAR_BAK)
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *~ *.aux *.log *.dvi .xxx *.out
+
+realclean: clean
+	rm -f *.ps *.1 *.html *.texi *.info *.txt *.pdf
+
+diff:
+	@echo
+	@echo "Check for differences with RCS"
+	@echo
+	for i in RCS/* ; do [ -f `basename $$i ,v` ] && rcsdiff -q $$i; done
+	@echo
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd7e9042288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/README
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+
+				latex2man
+				=========
+
+Latex2man is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with LaTeX into
+the troff format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too.
+Output of parts of the text may be supressed using the conditional text
+feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used).
+
+There is LaTeX package (latex2man.sty) used for writing the Man-page
+and a PERL script (latex2man) doing the actual translation.
+
+Requirements:
+ - Latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+ - LaTeX2e
+
+VERSION: 1.23
+
+Author and Copyright (c) 1998:
+	 Dr. Jürgen Vollmer
+	 Viktoriastraße 15
+	 D-76133 Karlsruhe
+	 Email: <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
+
+License:
+   This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+   of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+   archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+   version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+
+If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
+
+$Id: README,v 1.62 2008/11/11 07:21:18 vollmer Exp $
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/THIS-IS-VERSION-1.23 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/THIS-IS-VERSION-1.23
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6307fa0d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/THIS-IS-VERSION-1.23
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+VERSION 1.23 DATE=2008/11/11
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..587dbf434b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1100 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Manual page created with latex2man on Di 11. Nov 08:21:27 CET 2008
+.\" NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.
+.de Vb
+.ft CW
+.nf
+..
+.de Ve
+.ft R
+
+.fi
+..
+.TH "LATEX2MAN" "1" "2008/11/11" "Documentation Tools " "Documentation Tools "
+.SH NAME
+
+.PP
+Latex2man
+is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with 
+LaTeXinto a format understood by the UNIX \fIman\fP(1)\-command.
+Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too. 
+Output of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text 
+feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used). 
+.PP
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+
+.PP
+latex2man
+[\fB\-t\fP\fItransfile\fP]
+[\fB\-HMTL\fP]
+[\fB\-h\fP]
+[\fB\-V\fP]
+[\fB\-C\fP\fIname\fP]
+[\fB\-a\fP\fIchar\fP]
+\fIinfile\fP
+\fIoutfile\fP
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+
+Latex2man
+reads the file \fIinfile\fP
+and writes \fIoutfile\fP\&.
+The 
+input must be a LaTeX document using the latex2man
+LaTeXpackage. 
+Latex2man
+translates that document into the \fItroff\fP(1)
+format using 
+the \fB\-man\fP
+macro package. 
+.PP
+Using the \fB\-H\fP
+option, HTML code can be produced, instead of 
+\fItroff\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+Using the \fB\-T\fP
+option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of 
+\fItroff\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+Using the \fB\-M\fP
+option, \fItroff\fP(1)
+input is produced. 
+.PP
+Using the \fB\-L\fP
+option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of 
+\fItroff\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+.SH OPTIONS
+
+.TP
+\fB\-t\fP\fItransfile\fP
+ Translation for user defined LaTeX macros. 
+.TP
+\fB\-M\fP
+ Produce output suitable for the \fIman\fP(1)
+command (default). 
+.TP
+\fB\-H\fP
+ Instead of producing output suitable for the \fIman\fP(1)
+command, HTML code is produced (despite the name of the command). 
+.TP
+\fB\-T\fP
+ Instead of producing output suitable for the \fIman\fP(1)
+command, TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command). The 
+generated \&.texi\-file
+may be processed with \fImakeinfo\fP(1)
+(to produce an \&.info\-file)
+which in turn may be installed using 
+\fIinstall\-info\fP(1)\&.
+The Info tags @dircategory and 
+@direntry are provided. 
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fP
+ The LaTeX source is written to the \fIoutfile\fP\&.
+This is 
+useful in conjunction with the \fB\-C\fP\fIname\fP
+option. 
+.TP
+\fB\-C\fP\fIname\fP
+ Output the conditional text for \fIname\fP\&.
+If more 
+than one name should be given use quotes: \fB\-C\fP\fI\&'name1 name2 ...\&'\fP
+.br
+The following names are defined automatically: 
+.RS
+.TP
+.B *
+\fB\-H\fP defines HTML
+.TP
+.B *
+\fB\-T\fP defines TEXI
+.TP
+.B *
+\fB\-M\fP defines MAN
+.TP
+.B *
+\fB\-L\fP defines LATEX
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+.RE
+.TP
+\fB\-a\fP\fIchar\fP
+ Is used only in conjunction with \-T.
+.br
+Background:
+.br
+TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In order 
+to produce some additional space before that word (using \\SP) some 
+character has to be printed before the additional space. By default this 
+is a \&. (dot). The \fIchar\fP
+specifies an alternative for that first 
+character. Giving a blank to 
+\fB\-a\fP
+supresses the indentation of a line.
+.br
+Note: only for the first \\SP of a series that \fIchar\fP
+is printed. 
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fP
+ Show a help text. 
+.TP
+\fB\-V\fP
+ Show version information. 
+.PP
+.SH FILES
+
+.PP
+.TP
+latex2man.tex
+ The LaTeX file containing this Man\-page. 
+.TP
+latex2man.sty
+ The LaTeX package defining the environments and 
+commands. 
+.TP
+latex2man.cfg
+ The configuration file for Latex2man
+LaTeX\-package.
+.TP
+latex2man.trans
+ File containing example translations of user 
+defined LaTeX macros. 
+.TP
+fancyheadings.sty
+ A LaTeX package used to typeset head\- and 
+foot lines. 
+.TP
+fancyhdr.sty
+ A LaTeX package used to typeset head\- and foot 
+lines. 
+.TP
+rcsinfo.sty
+ A LaTeX package used to extract and use RCS version 
+control information in LaTeX documents. 
+.PP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+
+.PP
+LaTeX,TexInfo, \fItroff\fP(1),
+\fIgroff\fP(1),
+\fImakeinfo\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+.SH LaTeX COMMANDS
+
+.PP
+The LaTeX package latex2man
+is used to write the Man\-pages with 
+LaTeX\&.Since we translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff can 
+be translated. 
+.PP
+.SS PACKAGE OPTIONS
+The latex2man
+package accepts the following options: 
+.PP
+.TP
+fancy 
+use the LaTeX package fancyheadings\&.
+.TP
+fancyhdr 
+use the LaTeX package fancyhdr\&.
+.TP
+nofancy 
+neither the LaTeX package fancyheadings
+nor 
+fancyhdr
+are used. 
+.PP
+The default option may be specified in the file latex2man.cfg\&.
+.PP
+.SS PACKAGE SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTS
+.PP
+The following environments are provided by the package: 
+.TP
+\\begin{Name}{chapter}{name}{author}{info}{title}  
+The 
+Name
+environment takes five arguments: 1.  the Man\-page chapter, 
+2.  the name of the Man\-page, 3.  the author, 4.  some short information 
+about the tool printed in the footline of the Man\-page, and 5.  a text 
+which is used as title, for HTML and LaTeX (it\&'s ignored for output of 
+the Man\-page or TeXinfo. The Name
+environment must be the first 
+environment in the document. Processing starts with this environment. Any 
+text before this is ignored (exception: the setVersion and 
+setDate commands). (Note: all arguments of \\begin{Name} must 
+be written on one line). 
+.TP
+\\begin{Table}[width]{columns} 
+The Table
+environment takes two arguments: the first optional one specifies 
+a width of the last column, the second one gives the number of columns. 
+For example: 
+.PP
+\\begin{Table}[2cm]{3} 
+.br
+Here & am & I \\\\\\hline 
+.br
+A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\\\ 
+.br
+B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\\\ 
+.br
+\\end{Table} 
+.PP
+will be typeset as: 
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(&);
+l l lw(2cm).
+T{
+Here 
+T}&T{
+am 
+T}&T{
+I 
+T}
+_
+T{
+A 1 
+T}&T{
+A 2 
+T}&T{
+A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5
+T}
+T{
+B 1 
+T}&T{
+B 2 
+T}&T{
+B 3 
+T}
+.TE
+.PP
+If no optional \fIwidth\fP
+argument is given, all entries are 
+typeset left justified. 
+The \fIwidth\fP
+is a length measured absolutly in \fIcm\fP\&.
+Processing with LaTeX a p{width} column is typeset 
+as last column. The translation to \fItroff\fP(1)
+commands 
+results in a lw(width)
+column specification. Translating 
+to HTML and TexInfo ignores the \fIwidth\fP
+parameter. 
+.PP
+\\hline may be used. 
+.PP
+If the Man\-page is formatted with \fItroff\fP(1)
+and tables are used, the 
+\fItbl\fP(1)
+preprocessor should be called, usually by giving 
+a \fB\-t\fP
+to the call of \fItroff\fP(1)\&.
+When viewing the generated 
+manula page using \fIman\fP(1),
+\fItbl\fP(1)
+is called automatically. 
+.TP
+\\begin{Description} 
+is the same as \\begin{description} 
+.TP
+\\begin{Description}[label] 
+is similar to 
+\\begin{description}, but the item labels have at minimum the size 
+of the (optional) word \fIlabel\fP\&.
+The difference is visible only 
+in the DVI and PDF\-output, not in the troff, TexInfo or HTML output. 
+.RS
+.TP
+a 
+|a \\begin{description} 
+.TP
+ab 
+|ab 
+.TP
+abc 
+|abc 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+.RS
+.RE
+.TP
+a 
+|a \\begin{Description} 
+.TP
+ab 
+|ab 
+.TP
+abc 
+|abc 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+.RS
+.RE
+.TP
+a 
+|a \\begin{Description}[aa] 
+.TP
+ab 
+|ab 
+.TP
+abc 
+|abc 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+.RE
+.PP
+.SS ACCEPTED LaTeX ENVIRONMENTS
+.PP
+The following environments are accepted: 
+.RE
+.TP
+.B *
+description
+.TP
+.B *
+enumerate
+.TP
+.B *
+itemize
+.TP
+.B *
+verbatim
+.TP
+.B *
+center
+.PP
+They may be nested: 
+.TP
+.B *
+Itemize and nested center: 
+.ce 100
+A centered line.
+.br
+Another centered line. 
+.ce 0
+
+.TP
+.B *
+Another item an nested enumerate 
+.RS
+.TP
+1.
+a 
+.TP
+2.
+b 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+.RE
+.PP
+.SS PACKAGE SPECIFIC MACROS
+.PP
+The following commands are provided: 
+.RE
+.TP
+\\Opt{option} 
+Option: \\Opt{\-o} will be typeset as \fB\-o\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\Arg{argument} 
+Argument: \\Arg{filename} will be typeset as 
+\fIfilename\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\OptArg{option}{argument} 
+Option with Argument:
+.br
+\\OptArg{\-o}{filename} will be typeset as \fB\-o\fP\fIfilename\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\OptoArg{option}{argument} 
+Option with optional Argument:
+.br
+\\OptoArg{\-o}{filename} will be 
+typeset as \fB\-o\fP[\fIfilename\fP]\&.
+.TP
+\\oOpt{option} 
+Optional option, e.g.  \\oOpt{\-o} will be 
+typeset as [\fB\-o\fP]\&.
+.TP
+\\oArg{argument} 
+Optional argument, e.g.  \\oArg{filename} 
+will be typeset as [\fIfilename\fP]\&.
+.TP
+\\oOptArg{option}{argument} 
+Optional option with argument, e.g.
+.br
+\\oOptArg{\-o}{filename} will be typeset as [\fB\-o\fP\fIfilename\fP]\&.
+.TP
+\\oOptoArg{option}{argument} 
+Optional option with optional 
+argument, e.g.  
+\\oOptoArg{\-o}{filename} will be typeset as [\fB\-o\fP[\fIfilename\fP]]\&.
+.TP
+\\File{filename} 
+used to typeset filenames, e.g.  
+\\File{filename} will be typeset as filename\&.
+.TP
+\\Prog{prog} 
+used to typeset program names, e.g.  
+\\Prog{latex2man} will be typeset as latex2man\&.
+.TP
+\\Cmd{command}{chapter} 
+used to typeset references to other 
+commands, e.g.  \\Cmd{latex2man}{1} will be typeset as 
+\fIlatex2man\fP(1)\&.
+.TP
+\\Bar 
+is typeset as |\&.
+.TP
+\\Bs 
+(BackSlash) is typeset as \\\&.
+.TP
+\\Tilde 
+is typeset as a ~\&.
+.TP
+\\Dots 
+is typeset as \&...
+
+.TP
+\\Bullet 
+us typeset as *\&.
+.TP
+\\setVersion{\&.\&.} 
+set \&.. as version information. 
+.TP
+\\setVersionWord{\&.\&.} 
+set \&.. for the word \fIVersion:\fP
+in 
+the footline. The default is \\setVersionWord{Version:}\&. 
+.TP
+\\Version 
+returns the version information. 
+.TP
+\\setDate{\&.\&.} 
+sets \&.. as date information. 
+.TP
+\\Date 
+returns the date information. 
+.TP
+\\Email{\&.\&.} 
+use to mark an Email address:
+.br
+\\Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik\-vollmer.de} is typeset as:
+.br
+\fBJuergen.Vollmer@informatik\-vollmer.de\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\URL{\&.\&.} 
+use to mark an URL: 
+\\URL{http://www.foo.de/\\Tilde vollmer} is typeset as 
+\fBhttp://www.foo.de/~vollmer\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\LatexManEnd 
+the input file is read and processed until reading 
+end\-of\-file or \\LatexManEnd (at the beginning of a line). 
+LaTeXignores this command. 
+.TP
+\\Lbr, \\Rbr 
+is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are 
+needed only somtimes like in item[FooBar\\LBr xx \\Lbr]\&. Usually 
+[ ] will work. 
+.TP
+\\LBr, \\RBr 
+is typeset as { and } (these variants are 
+needed when using { or } as arguments to macros. 
+.TP
+\\Circum 
+is typeset as ^\&.
+.TP
+\\Percent 
+is typeset as %\&.
+.TP
+\\TEXbr 
+If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\\\).In the output of latex2man
+this macro is 
+ignored. 
+.TP
+\\TEXIbr 
+If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\\\),otherwise ignored. 
+.TP
+\\MANbr 
+If Man\-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\\\),otherwise ignored. 
+.TP
+\\HTMLbr 
+If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\\\),otherwise ignored. 
+.TP
+\\medskip 
+An empty line. 
+.TP
+\\SP 
+Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines. 
+The code of the second line looks like: 
+\\SP abc \\SP\\SP xx\\\\:
+.br
+abc \fB \fP\fB \fP\fB \fPxx
+.br
+\fB \fPabc \fB \fP\fB \fPxx
+.br
+\fB \fP\fB \fPabc \fB \fPxx 
+.PP
+Note: Due to some ``problems\&'' with TexInfo, the lines starting with 
+\\SP
+have a leading \&. (dot) in the TexInfo output, 
+see \fB\-a\fP\fIchar\fP\&.
+.PP
+.SS ACCEPTED MACROS FROM THE RCSINFO PACKAGE
+.PP
+.TP
+\\rcsInfo $Id ...$ 
+if the LaTeX package rcsinfo
+is used, 
+this command is used to extract the date of the Man\-page. 
+.TP
+\\rcsInfoLongDate 
+if the LaTeX package rcsinfo
+is used, this 
+command is used to typeset the date coded in the $Id ..$ string. 
+.PP
+.SS ACCEPTED LaTeX MACROS
+.PP
+The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted: 
+.TP
+\\section{\&.\&.} 
+The section
+macro takes one argument: the 
+name of the Man\-page section. Each Man\-page consists of several sections. 
+Usually there are the following sections in a Man\-page: \fIName\fP
+(special handling as environment, c.f.  above), \fISynopsis\fP,
+\fIDescription\fP,
+\fIOptions\fP,
+\fIFiles\fP,
+\fISee Also\fP,
+\fIDiagnostics\fP,
+\fIReturn Values\fP,
+\fIBugs\fP,
+\fIAuthor\fP,
+\fIversion\fP,
+etc. 
+.PP
+\fISynopsis\fP
+must be the first section after the Name
+environment. 
+.PP
+Note: Do not use LaTeX\-macrosin section names. 
+.TP
+\\subsection{\&.\&.} 
+works as well as 
+.TP
+\\subsubsection{\&.\&.} 
+those. 
+.TP
+\\emph{\&.\&.} 
+\\emph{example} is typeset as \fIexample\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\textbf{\&.\&.} 
+\\textbf{example} is typeset as \fBexample\fP\&.
+.TP
+\\texttt{\&.\&.} 
+\\textt{example} is typeset as example\&.
+.TP
+\\underline{\&.\&.} 
+\\underline{example} is typeset as 
+.ul
+example of underline
+\&.
+.TP
+\\date{\&.\&.} 
+uses \&.. as date. 
+.TP
+\\verb+..+ 
+but only + is allowed as delimiter. 
+.TP
+$<$ is typeset as <\&. 
+.TP
+$>$ is typeset as >\&. 
+.TP
+$<=$ is typeset as <=\&. 
+.TP
+$>=$ is typeset as >=\&. 
+.TP
+$=$ is typeset as =\&. 
+.TP
+$<>$ is typeset as <>\&. 
+.TP
+$\\ge$ 
+is typeset as $>=$.
+.TP
+$\\le$ 
+is typeset as $<=$.
+.TP
+$\\leftarrow$ 
+is typeset as $<--$.
+.TP
+$\\Leftarrow$ 
+is typeset as $<==$.
+.TP
+$\\rightarrow$ 
+is typeset as $-->$.
+.TP
+$\\Rightarrow$ 
+is typeset as $==>$.
+.TP
+\\{ is typeset as {\&. 
+.TP
+\\} is typeset as }\&. 
+.TP
+\\$ is typeset as $\&. 
+.TP
+\\$ is typeset as $,should be used inside macro 
+arguments. 
+.TP
+\\_ is typeset as _\&. 
+.TP
+\\& is typeset as &\&. 
+.TP
+\\# is typeset as #\&. 
+.TP
+\\% is typeset as %\&. 
+.TP
+\\, 
+is typeset as smaller blank \- \- (between the two \-) 
+.TP
+\\\- 
+is used to mark hyphenation in a word. 
+.TP
+\\\\ is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the 
+Table
+environment. 
+.TP
+\\ (a \\ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank, 
+although it cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation 
+(see the \\SP
+command). 
+.TP
+~ is typeset as a blank. 
+.TP
+\\copyright 
+is typeset as (C)\&.
+.TP
+\\noindent 
+.TP
+\\hline 
+inside a Table
+environment. 
+.TP
+\\item 
+inside a itemize,
+enumerate,
+or 
+description
+environment. 
+.TP
+\\today 
+11 November 2008(see also the rcsinfo
+LaTeXpackage). 
+.TP
+\\ss,\\"a, ... 
+\\ss = ß, \\"a= ä, \\"o= ö, \\"u= ü, 
+\\"A= Ä, \\"O= Ö, \\"U= Ü. It is allowed to surround these 
+macros in { and } in all places, even inside other macros, e.g. 
+.Vb
+     \\textbf{\\"a\\"o\\"u\\"A\\"O\\"U\\ss}
+     \\textbf{\\"a}{\\"o}{\\"u}{\\"A}{\\"O}{\\"U}{\\ss}}
+     \\textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
+.Ve
+.PP
+\fBäöüÄÖÜß äöüÄÖÜß äöüÄÖÜß\fP
+.PP
+If these letters are used in their LATIN\-1 8\-bit coding, they are 
+translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format. 
+E.g. Ä
+becomes &Auml;
+in HTML and @"A
+in texinfo. 
+.PP
+.SS CONDITIONAL TEXT
+.PP
+latex2man
+preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used 
+conditionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose. 
+.TP
+.B *
+%@% IF \fIcondition\fP %@%
+.TP
+.B *
+%@% ELSE %@% 
+.TP
+.B *
+%@% END\-IF %@% 
+.PP
+A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. \fIcondition\fP
+is 
+a boolean expression containing ``names\&'' and operators. The names given with 
+the \fB\-C\fP\fIname\fP
+option have the value ``true\&'', while all other names 
+occuring in the expression are assumed to be ``false\&''\&. If the evaluation of 
+the boolean expression results in the value ``true\&'', the text in the 
+``then\&''\-part is used and the text in the optional ``else\&''\-part is skipped 
+(and vice versa). The IF/ELSE/END\-IF
+may be nested. As boolean 
+operators the following are allowed: 
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(&);
+l l.
+T{
+||T}&T{
+boolean or 
+T}
+T{
+&&T}&T{
+boolean and 
+T}
+T{
+! 
+T}&T{
+negation 
+.TE
+.PP
+( and ) for grouping are allowed. 
+.PP
+For example:
+.br
+%@% IF abc %@%
+.br
+abc set
+.br
+%@%  IF xyz %@%
+.br
+xyz set
+.br
+%@%  ELSE %@%
+.br
+xyz NOT set
+.br
+%@%  END\-IF %@%
+.br
+%@% ELSE %@%
+.br
+abc NOT set
+.br
+%@%  IF xyz || !XYZ %@%
+.br
+xyz OR !XYZ set
+.br
+%@%  ELSE %@%
+.br
+xyz OR !XYZ NOT set
+.br
+%@%  END\-IF %@%
+.br
+%@% END\-IF %@%
+.PP
+Run this manual page through latex2man
+with e.g.  
+\fB\-C\fP\fI\&'abc XYZ\&'\fP
+and have a look to the generated output. 
+(If simply running the LaTeX\-document through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the 
+\&.dvi file).
+.br
+abc NOT set
+.br
+xyz OR !XYZ set
+.br
+.PP
+To check the conditional text feature, when latex2man
+is called with 
+.TP
+\fB\-C\fP\fIHTML\fP
+ the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b; 
+.TP
+\fB\-C\fP\fITEXI\fP
+ the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b; 
+.TP
+\fB\-C\fP\fIMAN\fP
+ the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b; 
+.TP
+\fB\-C\fP\fILATEX\fP
+ the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a; 
+.TP
+calling LaTeX without preprocessing 
+all lines 
+.PP
+should be shown: 
+.PP
+1b. The HTML conditional was not set. 
+.PP
+2b. The TEXI conditional was not set. 
+.PP
+3a. This text occurs only when viewing the MAN output 
+.PP
+4b. The LATEX conditional was not set. 
+.PP
+.SS TRANSLATION OF USER DEFINED MACROS
+.PP
+The user macro translation file (given by the [\fB\-t\fP\fItransfile\fP])
+contains 
+Perl
+commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by 
+the user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following code 
+is expected: 
+.PP
+.TP
+.B *
+Comments start with a # up to the end of the line. 
+.TP
+.B *
+For a macro \\foo with no arguments, the following code must be 
+specified: 
+.RS
+.TP
+Translation to Man\-Pages 
+$manMacro{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.TP
+Translation to HTML 
+$htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.TP
+Translation to TexInfo 
+$texiMacro{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+where \&... is the translation. 
+.PP
+.RE
+.TP
+.B *
+For a macro \\foo{..} with one argument, the following code must be 
+specified: 
+.RS
+.TP
+Translation to Man\-Pages 
+$manMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$manMacro1b{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.TP
+Translation to HTML 
+$htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.RS
+.PP
+.RE
+.TP
+Translation to TexInfo 
+$texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+where \&... is the translation. The 1a code is used before the 
+argument, while 1b is typeset after the argument is set. 
+.PP
+.RE
+.TP
+.B *
+For a macro \\foo{..}{..} with two arguments, the following code 
+must be specified: 
+.RS
+.TP
+Translation to Man\-Pages 
+$manMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$manMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$manMacro2c{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.TP
+Translation to HTML 
+$htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.TP
+Translation to TexInfo 
+$texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+.br 
+$texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...'; 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+where \&... is the translation. The 2a code is used before the 
+first argument, 2b between the two arguments and 2c is 
+typeset after the second argument is set. 
+.RE
+.TP
+.B *
+The file latex2man.trans contains some example code.
+.PP
+.SS VERBATIM ENVIRONMENT
+.PP
+.Vb
+This
+    {is}
+        \\texttt{a}
+                  $test$
+                         _of_
+verbatim
+<this is no HTML tag> and no @* TexInfo command
+.Ve
+.PP
+.SS SUBSECTION WORKS
+.PP
+This is a \\subsection\&. 
+.PP
+.SS Subsubsection works
+.PP
+This is a \\subsubsection\&. 
+.PP
+.SS Subsubsection still works
+.PP
+This is another \\subsubsection\&. 
+.PP
+.SS GENERAL REMARKS
+.PP
+.TP
+1.
+Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators. 
+.TP
+2.
+The arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over several 
+lines. 
+.TP
+3.
+Do not nest calls to macros. 
+.TP
+4.
+Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other LaTeX  
+environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will cause garbage 
+in the output. 
+.TP
+5.
+latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+.TP
+6.
+If you want to install the system with the distributed Makefile,
+you need GNU\-make\&.
+If you don\&'t have it, you should execute the 
+steps shown in the Makefile
+manually. 
+.PP
+.SS SOME BUG FIX TESTS
+.PP
+.TP
+Leading . and \&' 
+Now leading \&. and \&' in generation troff output should work propperly, 
+since a \\& is added. Therfore the \\Dot macro has been deleted.
+.br
+Thanks to \fBFrank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu\-Ilmenau.De\fP\&.
+.br
+Testcase 1: 
+.RS
+.TP
+\&'\\n\&' 
+\&.\&.\&. 
+.RE
+.RS
+.PP
+Testcase 2:
+.br
+\&.foobar
+Testcase 3:
+.br
+\&...
+.PP
+abc \&...
+abc \&. efg \&' 123 
+.PP
+.RE
+.TP
+%in verbatim 
+A % in a \\verb and verbatim\-environment was not 
+emitted correctly. Thanks to Aleksey Nogin \fBnogin@cs.caltech.edu\fP
+for the bug report and bug fix. 
+.PP
+% abc 
+.PP
+.Vb
+   % abc %
+.Ve
+.PP
+but ignore comments following this: 
+.PP
+.SH REQUIREMENTS
+
+.PP
+.TP
+Perl 
+latex2man
+requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03. 
+.TP
+Make 
+If you want to install the system with the distributed 
+Makefile,
+you need GNU\-make\&.
+If you don\&'t have it, you 
+should execute the steps shown in the Makefile
+manually. 
+.TP
+LaTeX LaTeX2e is required. 
+.PP
+.SH CHANGES
+
+Please check the file \fBlatex2man\-CHANGES\fP
+for the list of changes. 
+.PP
+.SH VERSION
+
+.PP
+Version: 1.23 of 2008/11/11\&.
+.PP
+.SH LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT
+
+.PP
+.TP
+Copyright 
+(C)1998, Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Viktoriastraße 15, 
+D\-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany, \fBJuergen.Vollmer@informatik\-vollmer.de\fP
+.PP
+The actual version of Latex2man
+may be found on my homepage
+.br
+\fBhttp://www.informatik\-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html\fP\&.
+.PP
+.TP
+License 
+This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the 
+terms of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives 
+in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt;
+either version 1 of the 
+License, or any later version. 
+.PP
+.TP
+Misc 
+If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from 
+the place where you are living. 
+.PP
+.SH AUTHOR
+
+.PP
+Dr. Jürgen Vollmer 
+.br
+Viktoriastraße 15 
+.br
+D\-76133 Karlsruhe 
+.br
+Email: \fBJuergen.Vollmer@informatik\-vollmer.de\fP
+.br
+WWW: \fBhttp://www.informatik\-vollmer.de\fP\&.
+.PP
+.\" NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..03612aa1acb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1160 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<!-- Manual page created with latex2man on Di 11. Nov 08:21:27 CET 2008 --
+-- Author of latex2man: Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de --
+-- NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT. -->
+<html>
+<head><title>LATEX2MAN</title></head>
+<body bgcolor="white">
+<h1 align=center>
+LaTeX2man -<br>
+A Documentation Tool 
+</h1>
+<h4 align=center>Dr.&nbsp;J&uuml;rgen Vollmer </h4>
+<h4 align=center>2008/11/11</h4>
+<h4 align=center>Version 1.23</h4>
+<p>
+<tt>Latex2man</tt>
+is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with 
+LaTeXinto a format understood by the UNIX <em>man</em>(1)-command.
+Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too. 
+Output of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text 
+feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used). 
+<h3>Table of Contents</h3>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#section_1">Synopsis </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_2">Description </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_3">Options </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_4">Files </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_5">See Also </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_6">LaTeX commands</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#section_7">Package Options </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_8">Package Specific Environments </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_9">Accepted LaTeX Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_10">Package Specific Macros </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_11">Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_12">Accepted LaTeX Macros</a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_13">Conditional Text </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_14">Translation of User Defined Macros </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_15">Verbatim Environment </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_16">Subsection works </a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#section_17">Subsubsection works </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_18">Subsubsection still works </a></li>
+</ul>
+<li><a href="#section_19">General Remarks </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_20">Some Bug Fix Tests </a></li>
+</ul>
+<li><a href="#section_21">Requirements </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_22">Changes </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_23">Version </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_24">License and Copyright </a></li>
+<li><a href="#section_25">Author </a></li>
+</ul>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_1">Synopsis</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+<tt>latex2man</tt>
+[<b>-t</b><i>transfile</i>]
+[<b>-HMTL</b>]
+[<b>-h</b>]
+[<b>-V</b>]
+[<b>-C</b><i>name</i>]
+[<b>-a</b><i>char</i>]
+<i>infile</i>
+<i>outfile</i>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_2">Description</a></h2>
+
+<tt>Latex2man</tt>
+reads the file <i>infile</i>
+and writes <i>outfile</i>.
+The 
+input must be a LaTeX document using the <tt>latex2man</tt>
+LaTeXpackage. 
+<tt>Latex2man</tt>
+translates that document into the <em>troff</em>(1)
+format using 
+the <b>-man</b>
+macro package. 
+<p>
+Using the <b>-H</b>
+option, HTML code can be produced, instead of 
+<em>troff</em>(1).
+<p>
+Using the <b>-T</b>
+option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of 
+<em>troff</em>(1).
+<p>
+Using the <b>-M</b>
+option, <em>troff</em>(1)
+input is produced. 
+<p>
+Using the <b>-L</b>
+option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of 
+<em>troff</em>(1).
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_3">Options</a></h2>
+
+<dl compact>
+<dt><b>-t</b><i>transfile</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> Translation for user defined LaTeX macros. 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-M</b>
+</dt>
+<dd> Produce output suitable for the <em>man</em>(1)
+command (default). 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-H</b>
+</dt>
+<dd> Instead of producing output suitable for the <em>man</em>(1)
+command, HTML code is produced (despite the name of the command). 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-T</b>
+</dt>
+<dd> Instead of producing output suitable for the <em>man</em>(1)
+command, TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command). The 
+generated <tt>.texi</tt>-file
+may be processed with <em>makeinfo</em>(1)
+(to produce an <tt>.info</tt>-file)
+which in turn may be installed using 
+<em>install-info</em>(1).
+The Info tags <tt>@dircategory</tt> and 
+<tt>@direntry</tt> are provided. 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-L</b>
+</dt>
+<dd> The LaTeX source is written to the <i>outfile</i>.
+This is 
+useful in conjunction with the <b>-C</b><i>name</i>
+option. 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-C</b><i>name</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> Output the conditional text for <i>name</i>.
+If more 
+than one name should be given use quotes: <b>-C</b><i>'name1 name2 ...'</i><br>
+
+The following names are defined automatically: 
+<ul compact>
+<li><b>-H</b> defines <tt>HTML</tt>
+</li>
+<li><b>-T</b> defines <tt>TEXI</tt>
+</li>
+<li><b>-M</b> defines <tt>MAN</tt>
+</li>
+<li><b>-L</b> defines <tt>LATEX</tt>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-a</b><i>char</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> Is used only in conjunction with -T.<br>
+
+Background:<br>
+
+TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In order 
+to produce some additional space before that word (using \SP) some 
+character has to be printed before the additional space. By default this 
+is a . (dot). The <i>char</i>
+specifies an alternative for that first 
+character. Giving a blank to 
+<b>-a</b>
+supresses the indentation of a line.<br>
+
+Note: only for the first \SP of a series that <i>char</i>
+is printed. 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-h</b>
+</dt>
+<dd> Show a help text. 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-V</b>
+</dt>
+<dd> Show version information. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_4">Files</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+<dl compact>
+<dt><tt>latex2man.tex</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> The LaTeX file containing this Man-page. 
+</dd>
+<dt><tt>latex2man.sty</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> The LaTeX package defining the environments and 
+commands. 
+</dd>
+<dt><tt>latex2man.cfg</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> The configuration file for <tt>Latex2man</tt>
+LaTeX-package.
+</dd>
+<dt><tt>latex2man.trans</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> File containing example translations of user 
+defined LaTeX macros. 
+</dd>
+<dt><tt>fancyheadings.sty</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and 
+foot lines. 
+</dd>
+<dt><tt>fancyhdr.sty</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot 
+lines. 
+</dd>
+<dt><tt>rcsinfo.sty</tt>
+</dt>
+<dd> A LaTeX package used to extract and use RCS version 
+control information in LaTeX documents. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_5">See Also</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+LaTeX,TexInfo, <em>troff</em>(1),
+<em>groff</em>(1),
+<em>makeinfo</em>(1).
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_6">LaTeX commands</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+The LaTeX package <tt>latex2man</tt>
+is used to write the Man-pages with 
+LaTeX.Since we translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff can 
+be translated. 
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_7">Package Options</a></h4>
+
+The <tt>latex2man</tt>
+package accepts the following options: 
+<p>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>fancy</dt>
+<dd> use the LaTeX package <tt>fancyheadings</tt>.
+</dd>
+<dt>fancyhdr</dt>
+<dd> use the LaTeX package <tt>fancyhdr</tt>.
+</dd>
+<dt>nofancy</dt>
+<dd> neither the LaTeX package <tt>fancyheadings</tt>
+nor 
+<tt>fancyhdr</tt>
+are used. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+The default option may be specified in the file <tt>latex2man.cfg</tt>.
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_8">Package Specific Environments</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+The following environments are provided by the package: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>\begin{Name}{chapter}{name}{author}{info}{title} </dt>
+<dd> The 
+<tt>Name</tt>
+environment takes five arguments: 1.  the Man-page chapter, 
+2.  the name of the Man-page, 3.  the author, 4.  some short information 
+about the tool printed in the footline of the Man-page, and 5.  a text 
+which is used as title, for HTML and LaTeX (it's ignored for output of 
+the Man-page or TeXinfo. The <tt>Name</tt>
+environment must be the first 
+environment in the document. Processing starts with this environment. Any 
+text before this is ignored (exception: the <tt>setVersion</tt> and 
+<tt>setDate</tt> commands). (Note: all arguments of \begin{Name} must 
+be written on one line). 
+</dd>
+<dt>\begin{Table}[width]{columns}</dt>
+<dd> The <tt>Table</tt>
+environment takes two arguments: the first optional one specifies 
+a width of the last column, the second one gives the number of columns. 
+For example: 
+<p>
+<tt>\begin{Table}[2cm]{3}</tt> <br>
+
+<tt>Here &amp; am &amp; I \\\hline</tt> <br>
+
+<tt>A 1 &amp; A 2 &amp; A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\</tt> <br>
+
+<tt>B 1 &amp; B 2 &amp; B 3 \\</tt> <br>
+
+<tt>\end{Table}</tt> 
+<p>
+will be typeset as: 
+<p>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Here </td>
+<td> am </td>
+<td> I </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A 1 </td>
+<td> A 2 </td>
+<td> A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>B 1 </td>
+<td> B 2 </td>
+<td> B 3 </td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+<p>
+If no optional <em>width</em>
+argument is given, all entries are 
+typeset left justified. 
+The <em>width</em>
+is a length measured absolutly in <em>cm</em>.
+Processing with LaTeX a <tt>p{width}</tt> column is typeset 
+as last column. The translation to <em>troff</em>(1)
+commands 
+results in a <tt>lw(width)</tt>
+column specification. Translating 
+to HTML and TexInfo ignores the <em>width</em>
+parameter. 
+<p>
+<tt>\hline</tt> may be used. 
+<p>
+If the Man-page is formatted with <em>troff</em>(1)
+and tables are used, the 
+<em>tbl</em>(1)
+preprocessor should be called, usually by giving 
+a <b>-t</b>
+to the call of <em>troff</em>(1).
+When viewing the generated 
+manula page using <em>man</em>(1),
+<em>tbl</em>(1)
+is called automatically. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\begin{Description}</dt>
+<dd> is the same as \begin{description} 
+</dd>
+<dt>\begin{Description}[label]</dt>
+<dd> is similar to 
+\begin{description}, but the item labels have at minimum the size 
+of the (optional) word <em>label</em>.
+The difference is visible only 
+in the DVI and PDF-output, not in the troff, TexInfo or HTML output. 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>a</dt>
+<dd> |a <tt>\begin{description}</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>ab</dt>
+<dd> |ab 
+</dd>
+<dt>abc</dt>
+<dd> |abc 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>a</dt>
+<dd> |a <tt>\begin{Description}</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>ab</dt>
+<dd> |ab 
+</dd>
+<dt>abc</dt>
+<dd>| abc 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>a</dt>
+<dd> |a <tt>\begin{Description}[aa]</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>ab</dt>
+<dd> |ab 
+</dd>
+<dt>abc</dt>
+<dd> |abc 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_9">Accepted LaTeX Environments</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+The following environments are accepted: 
+<ul compact>
+<li><tt>description</tt>
+</li>
+<li><tt>enumerate</tt>
+</li>
+<li><tt>itemize</tt>
+</li>
+<li><tt>verbatim</tt>
+</li>
+<li><tt>center</tt>
+</li>
+</ul>
+<p>
+They may be nested: 
+<ul compact>
+<li>Itemize and nested center: 
+<div align=center>
+A centered line.<br>
+
+Another centered line. 
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>Another item an nested enumerate 
+<ol compact>
+<li value =1>a 
+</li>
+<li value =2>b 
+</li>
+</ol>
+</li>
+</ul>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_10">Package Specific Macros</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+The following commands are provided: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>\Opt{option}</dt>
+<dd> Option: <tt>\Opt{-o}</tt> will be typeset as <b>-o</b>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Arg{argument}</dt>
+<dd> Argument: <tt>\Arg{filename}</tt> will be typeset as 
+<i>filename</i>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\OptArg{option}{argument}</dt>
+<dd> Option with Argument:<br>
+
+<tt>\OptArg{-o}{filename}</tt> will be typeset as <b>-o</b><i>filename</i>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\OptoArg{option}{argument}</dt>
+<dd> Option with optional Argument:<br>
+
+<tt>\OptoArg{-o}{filename}</tt> will be 
+typeset as <b>-o</b>[<i>filename</i>].
+</dd>
+<dt>\oOpt{option}</dt>
+<dd> Optional option, e.g.  <tt>\oOpt{-o}</tt> will be 
+typeset as [<b>-o</b>].
+</dd>
+<dt>\oArg{argument}</dt>
+<dd> Optional argument, e.g.  <tt>\oArg{filename}</tt> 
+will be typeset as [<i>filename</i>].
+</dd>
+<dt>\oOptArg{option}{argument}</dt>
+<dd> Optional option with argument, e.g.<br>
+
+<tt>\oOptArg{-o}{filename}</tt> will be typeset as [<b>-o</b><i>filename</i>].
+</dd>
+<dt>\oOptoArg{option}{argument}</dt>
+<dd> Optional option with optional 
+argument, e.g.  
+<tt>\oOptoArg{-o}{filename}</tt> will be typeset as [<b>-o</b>[<i>filename</i>]].
+</dd>
+<dt>\File{filename}</dt>
+<dd> used to typeset filenames, e.g.  
+<tt>\File{filename}</tt> will be typeset as <tt>filename</tt>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Prog{prog}</dt>
+<dd> used to typeset program names, e.g.  
+<tt>\Prog{latex2man}</tt> will be typeset as <tt>latex2man</tt>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Cmd{command}{chapter}</dt>
+<dd> used to typeset references to other 
+commands, e.g.  <tt>\Cmd{latex2man}{1}</tt> will be typeset as 
+<em>latex2man</em>(1).
+</dd>
+<dt>\Bar</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as |.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Bs</dt>
+<dd> (BackSlash) is typeset as \.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Tilde</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as a ~.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Dots</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as ...
+</dd>
+<dt>\Bullet</dt>
+<dd> us typeset as *.
+</dd>
+<dt>\setVersion{..}</dt>
+<dd> set <tt>..</tt> as version information. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\setVersionWord{..}</dt>
+<dd> set <tt>..</tt> for the word <em>Version:</em>
+in 
+the footline. The default is <tt>\setVersionWord{Version:}</tt>. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\Version</dt>
+<dd> returns the version information. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\setDate{..}</dt>
+<dd> sets <tt>..</tt> as date information. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\Date</dt>
+<dd> returns the date information. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\Email{..}</dt>
+<dd> use to mark an Email address:<br>
+
+<tt>\Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de}</tt> is typeset as:<br>
+
+<a href ="mailto:Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de"><tt>Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de</tt></a>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\URL{..}</dt>
+<dd> use to mark an URL: 
+<tt>\URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer}</tt> is typeset as 
+<a href ="http://www.foo.de/~vollmer"><tt>http://www.foo.de/~vollmer</tt></a>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\LatexManEnd</dt>
+<dd> the input file is read and processed until reading 
+end-of-file or <tt>\LatexManEnd</tt> (at the beginning of a line). 
+LaTeXignores this command. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\Lbr, \Rbr</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are 
+needed only somtimes like in <tt>item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]</tt>. Usually 
+<tt>[ ]</tt> will work. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\LBr, \RBr</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as { and } (these variants are 
+needed when using { or } as arguments to macros. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\Circum</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as ^.
+</dd>
+<dt>\Percent</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as %.
+</dd>
+<dt>\TEXbr</dt>
+<dd> If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\).In the output of <tt>latex2man</tt>
+this macro is 
+ignored. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\TEXIbr</dt>
+<dd> If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\MANbr</dt>
+<dd> If Man-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\HTMLbr</dt>
+<dd> If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\medskip</dt>
+<dd> An empty line. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\SP</dt>
+<dd> Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines. 
+The code of the second line looks like: 
+<tt>\SP abc \SP\SP xx\\</tt>:<br>
+
+abc &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;xx<br>
+
+&nbsp;&nbsp;abc &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;xx<br>
+
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;abc &nbsp;&nbsp;xx 
+<p>
+Note: Due to some ``problems'' with TexInfo, the lines starting with 
+<tt>\SP</tt>
+have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output, 
+see <b>-a</b><i>char</i>.
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_11">Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>\rcsInfo $Id ...$</dt>
+<dd> if the LaTeX package <tt>rcsinfo</tt>
+is used, 
+this command is used to extract the date of the Man-page. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\rcsInfoLongDate</dt>
+<dd> if the LaTeX package <tt>rcsinfo</tt>
+is used, this 
+command is used to typeset the date coded in the <tt>$Id ..$</tt> string. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_12">Accepted LaTeX Macros</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>\section{..}</dt>
+<dd> The <tt>section</tt>
+macro takes one argument: the 
+name of the Man-page section. Each Man-page consists of several sections. 
+Usually there are the following sections in a Man-page: <em>Name</em>
+(special handling as environment, c.f.  above), <em>Synopsis</em>,
+<em>Description</em>,
+<em>Options</em>,
+<em>Files</em>,
+<em>See Also</em>,
+<em>Diagnostics</em>,
+<em>Return Values</em>,
+<em>Bugs</em>,
+<em>Author</em>,
+<em>version</em>,
+etc. 
+<p>
+<em>Synopsis</em>
+must be the first section after the <tt>Name</tt>
+environment. 
+<p>
+Note: Do not use LaTeX-macrosin section names. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\subsection{..}</dt>
+<dd> works as well as 
+</dd>
+<dt>\subsubsection{..}</dt>
+<dd> those. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\emph{..}</dt>
+<dd> <tt>\emph{example}</tt> is typeset as <em>example</em>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\textbf{..}</dt>
+<dd> <tt>\textbf{example}</tt> is typeset as <strong>example</strong>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\texttt{..}</dt>
+<dd><tt>\textt{example}</tt> is typeset as <tt>example</tt>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\underline{..}</dt>
+<dd><tt>\underline{example}</tt> is typeset as 
+<u>example of underline</u>.
+</dd>
+<dt>\date{..}</dt>
+<dd> uses <tt>..</tt> as date. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\verb+..+</dt>
+<dd> but only + is allowed as delimiter. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$&lt;$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &lt;. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$&gt;$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &gt;. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$&lt;=$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &lt;=. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$&gt;=$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &gt;=. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$=$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as =. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$&lt;&gt;$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &lt;&gt;. 
+</dd>
+<dt>$\ge$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $&gt;$.
+</dd>
+<dt>$\le$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $&lt;=$.
+</dd>
+<dt>$\leftarrow$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $&lt;--$.
+</dd>
+<dt>$\Leftarrow$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $&lt;==$.
+</dd>
+<dt>$\rightarrow$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $--&gt;$.
+</dd>
+<dt>$\Rightarrow$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $==&gt;$.
+</dd>
+<dt>\{</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as {. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\}</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as }. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\$</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as $,should be used inside macro 
+arguments. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\_</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as _. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\&amp;</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &amp;. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\#</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as #. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\%</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as %. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\,</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as smaller blank - - (between the two -) 
+</dd>
+<dt>\-</dt>
+<dd> is used to mark hyphenation in a word. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\\</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the 
+<tt>Table</tt>
+environment. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\</dt>
+<dd> (a \ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank, 
+although it cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation 
+(see the <tt>\SP</tt>
+command). 
+</dd>
+<dt>~</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as a blank. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\copyright</dt>
+<dd> is typeset as &copy;.
+</dd>
+<dt>\noindent</dt>
+<dd> 
+</dd>
+<dt>\hline</dt>
+<dd> inside a <tt>Table</tt>
+environment. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\item</dt>
+<dd> inside a <tt>itemize</tt>,
+<tt>enumerate</tt>,
+or 
+<tt>description</tt>
+environment. 
+</dd>
+<dt>\today</dt>
+<dd> 11 November 2008 (see also the <tt>rcsinfo</tt>
+LaTeXpackage). 
+</dd>
+<dt>\ss,\"a, ...</dt>
+<dd> \ss = &szlig;, \"a= &auml;, \"o= &ouml;, \"u= &uuml;, 
+\"A= &Auml;, \"O= &Ouml;, \"U= &Uuml;. It is allowed to surround these 
+macros in { and } in all places, even inside other macros, e.g. 
+<pre>
+     \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss}
+     \textbf{\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss}}
+     \textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
+</pre>
+<p>
+<strong>&auml;&ouml;&uuml;&Auml;&Ouml;&Uuml;&szlig; &auml;&ouml;&uuml;&Auml;&Ouml;&Uuml;&szlig; &auml;&ouml;&uuml;&Auml;&Ouml;&Uuml;&szlig;</strong>
+<p>
+If these letters are used in their LATIN-1 8-bit coding, they are 
+translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format. 
+E.g. <tt>&Auml;</tt>
+becomes <tt>&amp;Auml</tt>;
+in HTML and <tt>@"A</tt>
+in texinfo. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_13">Conditional Text</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<tt>latex2man</tt>
+preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used 
+conditionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose. 
+<ul compact>
+<li>%@% IF <em>condition</em> %@%
+</li>
+<li>%@% ELSE %@% 
+</li>
+<li>%@% END-IF %@% 
+</li>
+</ul>
+<p>
+A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. <em>condition</em>
+is 
+a boolean expression containing ``names'' and operators. The names given with 
+the <b>-C</b><i>name</i>
+option have the value ``true'', while all other names 
+occuring in the expression are assumed to be ``false''. If the evaluation of 
+the boolean expression results in the value ``true'', the text in the 
+``then''-part is used and the text in the optional ``else''-part is skipped 
+(and vice versa). The <tt>IF/ELSE/END-IF</tt>
+may be nested. As boolean 
+operators the following are allowed: 
+<p>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>||</td>
+<td> boolean or </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>&amp;&amp; </td>
+<td> boolean and </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>! </td>
+<td> negation 
+</table>
+<p>
+( and ) for grouping are allowed. 
+<p>
+For example:<br>
+
+%@% IF abc %@%<br>
+
+<tt></tt>abc set<br>
+
+<tt></tt>%@%  IF xyz %@%<br>
+
+<tt></tt>xyz set<br>
+
+<tt></tt>%@%  ELSE %@%<br>
+
+<tt></tt>xyz NOT set<br>
+
+<tt></tt>%@%  END-IF %@%<br>
+
+%@% ELSE %@%<br>
+
+<tt></tt>abc NOT set<br>
+
+<tt></tt>%@%  IF xyz || !XYZ %@%<br>
+
+<tt></tt>xyz OR !XYZ set<br>
+
+<tt></tt>%@%  ELSE %@%<br>
+
+<tt></tt>xyz OR !XYZ NOT set<br>
+
+<tt></tt>%@%  END-IF %@%<br>
+
+%@% END-IF %@%
+<p>
+Run this manual page through <tt>latex2man</tt>
+with e.g.  
+<b>-C</b><i>'abc XYZ'</i>
+and have a look to the generated output. 
+(If simply running the LaTeX-document through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the 
+.dvi file).<br>
+
+abc NOT set<br>
+
+xyz OR !XYZ set<br>
+
+<p>
+To check the conditional text feature, when <tt>latex2man</tt>
+is called with 
+<dl compact>
+<dt><b>-C</b><i>HTML</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b; 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-C</b><i>TEXI</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b; 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-C</b><i>MAN</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b; 
+</dd>
+<dt><b>-C</b><i>LATEX</i>
+</dt>
+<dd> the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a; 
+</dd>
+<dt>calling LaTeX without preprocessing</dt>
+<dd> all lines 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+should be shown: 
+<p>
+1a. This text occurs only when viewing the HTML output. 
+<p>
+2b. The TEXI conditional was not set. 
+<p>
+3b. The MAN conditional was not set. 
+<p>
+4b. The LATEX conditional was not set. 
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_14">Translation of User Defined Macros</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+The user macro translation file (given by the [<b>-t</b><i>transfile</i>])
+contains 
+<tt>Perl</tt>
+commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by 
+the user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following code 
+is expected: 
+<p>
+<ul compact>
+<li>Comments start with a # up to the end of the line. 
+</li>
+<li>For a macro <tt>\foo</tt> with no arguments, the following code must be 
+specified: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>Translation to Man-Pages</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$manMacro{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>Translation to HTML</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>Translation to TexInfo</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$texiMacro{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+where <tt>...</tt> is the translation. 
+<p>
+</li>
+<li>For a macro <tt>\foo{..}</tt> with one argument, the following code must be 
+specified: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>Translation to Man-Pages</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$manMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$manMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>Translation to HTML</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+<p>
+</dd>
+<dt>Translation to TexInfo</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+where <tt>...</tt> is the translation. The <tt>1a</tt> code is used before the 
+argument, while <tt>1b</tt> is typeset after the argument is set. 
+<p>
+</li>
+<li>For a macro <tt>\foo{..}{..}</tt> with two arguments, the following code 
+must be specified: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>Translation to Man-Pages</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$manMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$manMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$manMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>Translation to HTML</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+<dt>Translation to TexInfo</dt>
+<dd> 
+<tt>$texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';</tt><br>
+ 
+<tt>$texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';</tt> 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+where <tt>...</tt> is the translation. The <tt>2a</tt> code is used before the 
+first argument, <tt>2b</tt> between the two arguments and <tt>2c</tt> is 
+typeset after the second argument is set. 
+</li>
+<li>The file <tt>latex2man.trans</tt> contains some example code.
+</li>
+</ul>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_15">Verbatim Environment</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<pre>
+This
+    {is}
+        \texttt{a}
+                  $test$
+                         _of_
+verbatim
+&lt;this is no HTML tag&gt; and no @* TexInfo command
+</pre>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_16">Subsection works</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+This is a <tt>\subsection</tt>. 
+<p>
+<h5><a name="section_17">Subsubsection works</a></h5>
+
+<p>
+This is a <tt>\subsubsection</tt>. 
+<p>
+<h5><a name="section_18">Subsubsection still works</a></h5>
+
+<p>
+This is another <tt>\subsubsection</tt>. 
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_19">General Remarks</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<ol compact>
+<li value =1>Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators. 
+</li>
+<li value =2>The arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over several 
+lines. 
+</li>
+<li value =3>Do not nest calls to macros. 
+</li>
+<li value =4>Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other LaTeX  
+environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will cause garbage 
+in the output. 
+</li>
+<li value =5><tt>latex2man</tt> requires Perl version &gt;= 5.0004_03.
+</li>
+<li value =6>If you want to install the system with the distributed <tt>Makefile</tt>,
+you need GNU-<tt>make</tt>.
+If you don't have it, you should execute the 
+steps shown in the <tt>Makefile</tt>
+manually. 
+</li>
+</ol>
+<p>
+<h4><a name="section_20">Some Bug Fix Tests</a></h4>
+
+<p>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>Leading . and '</dt>
+<dd> 
+Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work propperly, 
+since a <tt>\&amp;</tt> is added. Therfore the <tt>\Dot</tt> macro has been deleted.<br>
+
+Thanks to <a href ="mailto:Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De"><tt>Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De</tt></a>.<br>
+
+Testcase 1: 
+<dl compact>
+<dt>'\n'</dt>
+<dd> ... 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+Testcase 2:<br>
+
+<tt>.foobar</tt>
+Testcase 3:<br>
+
+...<p>
+abc ...abc . efg ' 123 
+<p>
+</dd>
+<dt>% in verbatim</dt>
+<dd> A % in a \verb and verbatim-environment was not 
+emitted correctly. Thanks to Aleksey Nogin <a href ="mailto:nogin@cs.caltech.edu"><tt>nogin@cs.caltech.edu</tt></a>
+for the bug report and bug fix. 
+<p>
+<tt>% abc</tt> 
+<p>
+<pre>
+   % abc %
+</pre>
+<p>
+but ignore comments following this: 
+<p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_21">Requirements</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>Perl</dt>
+<dd> <tt>latex2man</tt>
+requires Perl version &gt;= 5.0004_03. 
+</dd>
+<dt>Make</dt>
+<dd> If you want to install the system with the distributed 
+<tt>Makefile</tt>,
+you need GNU-<tt>make</tt>.
+If you don't have it, you 
+should execute the steps shown in the <tt>Makefile</tt>
+manually. 
+</dd>
+<dt>LaTeX</dt>
+<dd> LaTeX2e is required. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_22">Changes</a></h2>
+
+Please check the file <a href ="latex2man-CHANGES"><tt>latex2man-CHANGES</tt></a>
+for the list of changes. 
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_23">Version</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+Version: 1.23 of 2008/11/11.
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_24">License and Copyright</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+<dl compact>
+<dt>Copyright</dt>
+<dd> &copy; 1998, Dr.&nbsp;J&uuml;rgen Vollmer, Viktoriastra&szlig;e 15, 
+D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany, <a href ="mailto:Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de"><tt>Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de</tt></a>
+<p>
+The actual version of <tt>Latex2man</tt>
+may be found on my homepage<br>
+
+<a href ="http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html"><tt>http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html</tt></a>.
+<p>
+</dd>
+<dt>License</dt>
+<dd> This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the 
+terms of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives 
+in directory <tt>macros/latex/base/lppl.txt</tt>;
+either version 1 of the 
+License, or any later version. 
+<p>
+</dd>
+<dt>Misc</dt>
+<dd> If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from 
+the place where you are living. 
+</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>
+<h2><a name="section_25">Author</a></h2>
+
+<p>
+Dr.&nbsp;J&uuml;rgen Vollmer <br>
+
+Viktoriastra&szlig;e 15 <br>
+
+D-76133 Karlsruhe <br>
+
+Email: <a href ="mailto:Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de"><tt>Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de</tt></a>
+<br>
+WWW: <a href ="http://www.informatik-vollmer.de"><tt>http://www.informatik-vollmer.de</tt></a>.
+<p>
+</body>
+</html>
+<!-- NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT. -->
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..13768b901c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4d02ad8f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Project:     Documentation Tools
+%% Descr:       Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), LATEX documentation
+%% Author:      Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+%% $Id: latex2man.tex,v 1.187 2008/11/11 07:21:18 vollmer Exp $
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Latex2man is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with LaTeX into a
+%% format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+%% Alternatively HTML or TexInfo code can be produced too.
+%% Output of parts of the text may be supressed using the conditional text
+%% feature.
+%%
+%% There is LaTeX package (latex2man.sty) used for writing the Man-page
+%% and a PERL script (latex2man) doing the actual translation.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1998, Dr. Juergen Vollmer
+%%                     Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany
+%%                     Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+%% License:
+%%   This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%%   of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+%%   archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%%   version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+%%
+%% If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\documentclass[english]{article}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage{verbatim}
+
+%% do we have the `hyperref package?
+\IfFileExists{hyperref.sty}{
+   \usepackage[bookmarksopen,bookmarksnumbered]{hyperref}
+}{}
+
+%% do we have the `fancyhdr' package?
+\IfFileExists{fancyhdr.sty}{
+\usepackage[fancyhdr]{latex2man}
+}{
+%% do we have the `fancyheadings' package?
+\IfFileExists{fancyheadings.sty}{
+\usepackage[fancy]{latex2man}
+}{
+\usepackage[nofancy]{latex2man}
+\message{no fancyhdr or fancyheadings package present, discard it}
+}}
+
+%% do we have the `rcsinfo' package?
+\IfFileExists{rcsinfo.sty}{
+\usepackage[nofancy]{rcsinfo}
+\rcsInfo $Id: latex2man.tex,v 1.187 2008/11/11 07:21:18 vollmer Exp $
+\setDate{\rcsInfoLongDate}
+}{
+\setDate{2008/11/11}    %%%% must be manually set, if rcsinfo is not present
+\message{package rcsinfo not present, discard it}
+}
+
+\setVersionWord{Version:}  %%% that's the default, no need to set it.
+\setVersion{1.23}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{Name}{1}{latex2man}{Dr.~J{\"u}rgen Vollmer}{Documentation Tools}{\LaTeX2man\\--\\ A Documentation Tool}
+
+  \Prog{Latex2man} is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with
+  \LaTeX\ into a format understood by the UNIX \Cmd{man}{1}-command.
+  Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or \LaTeX\ code can be produced too.
+  Output of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text
+  feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used).
+\end{Name}
+
+\section{Synopsis}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\Prog{latex2man} \oOptArg{-t}{transfile}
+                 \oOpt{-HMTL} \oOpt{-h} \oOpt{-V} \oOptArg{-C}{name} \TEXIbr
+                 \oOptArg{-a}{char}
+                 \Arg{infile}
+                 \Arg{outfile}
+
+\section{Description}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\Prog{Latex2man} reads the file \Arg{infile} and writes \Arg{outfile}. The
+input must be a \LaTeX\ document using the \Prog{latex2man} \LaTeX\ package.
+\Prog{Latex2man} translates that document into the \Cmd{troff}{1} format using
+the \Opt{-man} macro package.
+
+Using the \Opt{-H} option, HTML code can be produced, instead of
+\Cmd{troff}{1}.
+
+Using the \Opt{-T} option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of
+\Cmd{troff}{1}.
+
+Using the \Opt{-M} option, \Cmd{troff}{1} input is produced.
+
+Using the \Opt{-L} option, \LaTeX\ ouput can be produced, instead of
+\Cmd{troff}{1}.
+
+
+\section{Options}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\begin{Description}[\OptArg{-t}{transfile}]\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[\OptArg{-t}{transfile}] Translation for user defined \LaTeX\ macros.
+\item[\Opt{-M}] Produce output suitable for the \Cmd{man}{1} command (default).
+\item[\Opt{-H}] Instead of producing output suitable for the \Cmd{man}{1}
+     command, HTML code is produced (despite the name of the command).
+\item[\Opt{-T}] Instead of producing output suitable for the \Cmd{man}{1}
+     command, TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command).  The
+     generated \File{.texi}-file may be processed with \Cmd{makeinfo}{1}
+     (to produce an \File{.info}-file) which in turn may be installed using
+     \Cmd{install-info}{1}.  The Info tags \verb+@dircategory+ and
+     \verb+@direntry+ are provided.
+\item[\Opt{-L}] The \LaTeX\ source is written to the \Arg{outfile}. This is
+     useful in conjunction with the \OptArg{-C}{name} option.
+\item[\OptArg{-C}{name}] Output the conditional text for \Arg{name}.  If more
+     than one name should be given use quotes: \OptArg{-C}{'name1 name2 ...'}\\
+     The following names are defined automatically:
+     \begin{itemize}
+        \item \Opt{-H} defines \texttt{HTML}
+        \item \Opt{-T} defines \texttt{TEXI}
+        \item \Opt{-M} defines \texttt{MAN}
+        \item \Opt{-L} defines \texttt{LATEX}
+     \end{itemize}
+ \item[\OptArg{-a}{char}] Is used only in conjunction with -T.\\
+     Background:\\
+     TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In order
+     to produce some additional space before that word (using \Bs SP) some
+     character has to be printed before the additional space. By default this
+     is a . (dot).  The \Arg{char} specifies an alternative for that first
+     character.  Giving a blank to
+     \Opt{-a} supresses the indentation of a line.\\
+     Note: only for the first \Bs SP of a series that \Arg{char} is printed.
+\item[\Opt{-h}] Show a help text.
+\item[\Opt{-V}] Show version information.
+\end{Description}
+
+\section{Files}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{Description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[\File{latex2man.tex}] The \LaTeX\ file containing this Man-page.
+\item[\File{latex2man.sty}] The \LaTeX\ package defining the environments and
+     commands.
+\item[\File{latex2man.cfg}] The configuration file for \Prog{Latex2man}
+     \LaTeX-package.
+\item[\File{latex2man.trans}] File containing example translations of user
+     defined \LaTeX\ macros.
+\item[\File{fancyheadings.sty}] A \LaTeX\ package used to typeset head- and
+     foot lines.
+\item[\File{fancyhdr.sty}] A \LaTeX\ package used to typeset head- and foot
+     lines.
+\item[\File{rcsinfo.sty}] A \LaTeX\ package used to extract and use RCS version
+     control information in \LaTeX\ documents.
+\end{Description}
+
+\section{See Also}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\LaTeX, TexInfo, \Cmd{troff}{1}, \Cmd{groff}{1}, \Cmd{makeinfo}{1}.
+
+\section{\LaTeX\ commands}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+The \LaTeX\ package \texttt{latex2man} is used to write the Man-pages with
+\LaTeX.  Since we translate into other text formats, not all \LaTeX\ stuff can
+be translated.
+
+\subsection{Package Options}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+The \texttt{latex2man} package accepts the following options:
+
+\begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[fancy]    use the  \LaTeX\ package \texttt{fancyheadings}.
+\item[fancyhdr] use the  \LaTeX\ package \texttt{fancyhdr}.
+\item[nofancy] neither the \LaTeX\ package \texttt{fancyheadings} nor
+     \texttt{fancyhdr} are used.
+\end{description}
+
+The default option may be specified in the file \texttt{latex2man.cfg}.
+
+\subsection{Package Specific Environments}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+The following environments are provided by the package:
+\begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[\Bs begin\{Name\}\{chapter\}\{name\}\{author\}\{info\}\{title\} ] The
+     \texttt{Name} environment takes five arguments: 1.\ the Man-page chapter,
+     2.\ the name of the Man-page, 3.\ the author, 4.\ some short information
+     about the tool printed in the footline of the Man-page, and 5.\ a text
+     which is used as title, for HTML and \LaTeX\ (it's ignored for output of
+     the Man-page or TeXinfo. The \texttt{Name} environment must be the first
+     environment in the document. Processing starts with this environment. Any
+     text before this is ignored (exception: the \verb+setVersion+ and
+     \verb+setDate+ commands).  (Note: all arguments of \Bs begin\{Name\} must
+     be written on one line).
+\item[\Bs begin\{Table\}\Lbr width\Rbr\{columns\}] The \texttt{Table}
+     environment takes two arguments: the first optional one specifies
+     a width of the last column, the second one gives the number of columns.
+     For example:
+
+     \verb+\begin{Table}[2cm]{3}+            \\
+     \verb+ Here & am  & I   \\\hline+  \\
+     \verb+  A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\+        \\
+     \verb+  B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\+        \\
+     \verb+\end{Table}+
+
+     will be typeset as:
+
+     \begin{Table}[2cm]{3}
+       Here & am  & I   \\\hline
+        A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5\\
+        B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\
+     \end{Table}
+
+     If no optional \emph{width} argument is given, all entries are
+     typeset left justified.
+     The \emph{width} is a length measured absolutly in \emph{cm}.
+     Processing with \LaTeX\ a \verb+p{width}+ column is typeset
+     as last column. The translation to \Cmd{troff}{1} commands
+     results in a \texttt{lw(width)} column specification. Translating
+     to HTML and TexInfo ignores the \emph{width} parameter.
+
+     \verb+\hline+ may be used.
+
+     If the Man-page is formatted with \Cmd{troff}{1} and tables are used, the
+     \Cmd{tbl}{1} preprocessor should be called, usually by giving
+     a \Opt{-t} to the call of \Cmd{troff}{1}. When viewing the generated
+     manula page using \Cmd{man}{1}, \Cmd{tbl}{1} is called automatically.
+\item[\Bs begin\{Description\}] is the same as \Bs begin\{description\}
+\item[\Bs begin\{Description\}\Lbr label\Rbr] is similar to
+     \Bs begin\{description\}, but the item labels have at minimum the size
+     of the (optional) word \emph{label}. The difference is visible only
+     in the DVI and PDF-output, not in the troff, TexInfo or HTML output.
+     \begin{description}
+     \item[a]   \Bar a \verb+\begin{description}+
+     \item[ab]  \Bar ab
+     \item[abc] \Bar abc
+     \end{description}
+     \begin{Description}
+     \item[a]  \Bar a \verb+\begin{Description}+
+     \item[ab] \Bar ab
+     \item[abc]\Bar abc
+     \end{Description}
+     \begin{Description}[ab]
+     \item[a]   \Bar a \verb+\begin{Description}[aa]+
+     \item[ab]  \Bar ab
+     \item[abc] \Bar abc
+     \end{Description}
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Accepted \LaTeX\ Environments}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+The following environments are accepted:
+\begin{itemize}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item \texttt{description}
+\item \texttt{enumerate}
+\item \texttt{itemize}
+\item \texttt{verbatim}
+\item \texttt{center}
+\end{itemize}
+
+They may be nested:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Itemize and nested center:
+     \begin{center}
+       A centered line.\\
+       Another centered line.
+     \end{center}
+\item Another item an nested enumerate
+     \begin{enumerate}
+       \item a
+       \item b
+     \end{enumerate}
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\subsection{Package Specific Macros}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+The following commands are provided:
+\begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[\Bs Opt\{option\}] Option:  \verb+\Opt{-o}+ will be typeset as \Opt{-o}.
+\item[\Bs Arg\{argument\}] Argument: \verb+\Arg{filename}+ will be typeset as
+     \Arg{filename}.
+\item[\Bs OptArg\{option\}\{argument\}] Option with Argument:\\
+     \verb+\OptArg{-o}{filename}+ will be typeset as \OptArg{-o}{filename}.
+\item[\Bs OptoArg\{option\}\{argument\}] Option with optional Argument:\\
+     \verb+\OptoArg{-o}{filename}+ will be
+     typeset as \OptoArg{-o}{filename}.
+\item[\Bs oOpt\{option\}] Optional option, e.g.\ \verb+\oOpt{-o}+ will be
+     typeset as \oOpt{-o}.
+\item[\Bs oArg\{argument\}] Optional argument, e.g.\ \verb+\oArg{filename}+
+     will be typeset as \oArg{filename}.
+\item[\Bs oOptArg\{option\}\{argument\}] Optional option with argument, e.g.\\
+     \verb+\oOptArg{-o}{filename}+ will be typeset as \oOptArg{-o}{filename}.
+\item[\Bs oOptoArg\{option\}\{argument\}] Optional option with optional
+     argument, e.g.\
+     \verb+\oOptoArg{-o}{filename}+ will be typeset as \oOptoArg{-o}{filename}.
+\item[\Bs File\{filename\}] used to typeset filenames, e.g.\
+     \verb+\File{filename}+ will be typeset as \File{filename}.
+\item[\Bs Prog\{prog\}] used to typeset program names, e.g.\
+     \verb+\Prog{latex2man}+ will be typeset as \Prog{latex2man}.
+\item[\Bs Cmd\{command\}\{chapter\}] used to typeset references to other
+     commands, e.g.\ \verb+\Cmd{latex2man}{1}+ will be typeset as
+     \Cmd{latex2man}{1}.
+\item[\Bs Bar] is typeset as \Bar.
+\item[\Bs Bs] (BackSlash) is typeset as \Bs.
+\item[\Bs Tilde] is typeset as a \Tilde.
+\item[\Bs Dots] is typeset as \Dots
+\item[\Bs Bullet] us typeset as \Bullet.
+\item[\Bs setVersion\{..\}] set  \verb+..+ as version information.
+\item[\Bs setVersionWord\{..\}] set \verb+..+ for the word \emph{Version:} in
+     the footline. The default is \verb+\setVersionWord{Version:}+.
+\item[\Bs Version] returns the version information.
+\item[\Bs setDate\{..\}] sets \verb+..+ as date information.
+\item[\Bs Date] returns the date information.
+\item[\Bs Email\{..\}] use to mark an Email address:\\
+        \verb+\Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de}+ is typeset as:\\
+        \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de}.
+\item[\Bs URL\{..\}] use to mark an URL:
+        \verb+\URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer}+ is typeset as
+        \URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer}.
+\item[\Bs LatexManEnd] the input file is read and processed until reading
+        end-of-file or \verb+\LatexManEnd+ (at the beginning of a line).
+        \LaTeX\ ignores this command.
+\item[\Bs Lbr, \Bs Rbr] is typeset as \Lbr\ and \Rbr\ (these variants are
+        needed only somtimes like in \verb+item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]+. Usually
+        \verb+[ ]+ will work.
+\item[\Bs LBr, \Bs RBr] is typeset as \LBr\ and \RBr\ (these variants are
+        needed when using \{ or \} as arguments to macros.
+\item[\Bs Circum] is typeset as \Circum.
+\item[\Bs Percent] is typeset as \Percent.
+\item[\Bs TEXbr] If processed with \LaTeX\ causes a linebreak (i.e.\ is
+     equivalent to \Bs\Bs). In the output of \Prog{latex2man} this macro is
+     ignored.
+\item[\Bs TEXIbr] If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.\ is
+     equivalent to \Bs\Bs), otherwise ignored.
+\item[\Bs MANbr] If Man-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.\ is
+     equivalent to \Bs\Bs), otherwise ignored.
+\item[\Bs HTMLbr] If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.\ is
+     equivalent to \Bs\Bs), otherwise ignored.
+\item[\Bs medskip] An empty line.
+\item[\Bs SP] Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines.
+     The code of the second line looks like:
+     \texttt{\Bs SP abc \Bs SP\Bs SP xx\Bs\Bs}:\\
+     abc  \SP\SP\SP xx\\
+     \SP abc \SP\SP xx\\
+     \SP\SP abc \SP xx
+
+     Note: Due to some ``problems'' with TexInfo, the lines starting with
+     \texttt{\Bs SP} have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output,
+     see \OptArg{-a}{char}.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[\Bs rcsInfo \$Id ...\$] if the \LaTeX\ package \File{rcsinfo} is used,
+     this command is used to extract the date of the Man-page.
+\item[\Bs rcsInfoLongDate] if the \LaTeX\ package \File{rcsinfo} is used, this
+     command is used to typeset the date coded in the \verb+$Id ..$+ string.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Accepted \LaTeX\ Macros}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+The following standard \LaTeX\ commands are accepted:
+\begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[\Bs section\{..\}] The \texttt{section} macro takes one argument: the
+     name of the Man-page section.  Each Man-page consists of several sections.
+     Usually there are the following sections in a Man-page: \emph{Name}
+     (special handling as environment, c.f.\ above), \emph{Synopsis},
+     \emph{Description}, \emph{Options}, \emph{Files}, \emph{See Also},
+     \emph{Diagnostics}, \emph{Return Values}, \emph{Bugs}, \emph{Author},
+     \emph{version}, etc.
+
+     \emph{Synopsis} must be the first section after the \texttt{Name}
+     environment.
+
+     Note: Do not use \LaTeX-macros in section names.
+\item[\Bs subsection\{..\}] works as well as
+\item[\Bs subsubsection\{..\}] those.
+\item[\Bs emph\{..\}] \verb+\emph{example}+ is typeset as \emph{example}.
+\item[\Bs textbf\{..\}] \verb+\textbf{example}+ is typeset as \textbf{example}.
+\item[\Bs texttt\{..\}]\verb+\textt{example}+ is typeset as \texttt{example}.
+\item[\Bs underline\{..\}]\verb+\underline{example}+ is typeset as
+     \underline{example of underline}.
+\item[\Bs date\{..\}] uses \verb+..+ as date.
+\item[\Bs verb+..+] but only + is allowed as delimiter.
+\item[\$$<$\$]  is typeset as $<$.
+\item[\$$>$\$]  is typeset as $>$.
+\item[\$$<=$\$] is typeset as $<=$.
+\item[\$$>=$\$] is typeset as $>=$.
+\item[\$$=$\$]  is typeset as $=$.
+\item[\$$<>$\$] is typeset as $<>$.
+\item[\$\Bs ge\$] is typeset as $\ge$.
+\item[\$\Bs le\$] is typeset as $\le$.
+\item[\$\Bs leftarrow\$] is typeset as $\leftarrow$.
+\item[\$\Bs Leftarrow\$] is typeset as $\Leftarrow$.
+\item[\$\Bs rightarrow\$] is typeset as $\rightarrow$.
+\item[\$\Bs Rightarrow\$] is typeset as $\Rightarrow$.
+\item[\Bs \{] is typeset as \{.
+\item[\Bs \}] is typeset as \}.
+\item[\Bs \$] is typeset as \$.
+\item[\Bs \Dollar] is typeset as \Dollar, should be used inside macro
+     arguments.
+\item[\Bs \_] is typeset as \_.
+\item[\Bs \&] is typeset as \&.
+\item[\Bs \#] is typeset as \#.
+\item[\Bs \%] is typeset as \%.
+\item[\Bs ,] is typeset as smaller blank -\,- (between the two -)
+\item[\Bs -]  is used to mark hyphenation in a word.
+\item[\Bs \Bs] is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the
+     \texttt{Table} environment.
+\item[\Bs ] (a \Bs\ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank,
+     although it cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation
+     (see the \texttt{\Bs SP} command).
+\item[\Tilde] is typeset as a blank.
+\item[\Bs copyright] is typeset as \copyright.
+\item[\Bs noindent]
+\item[\Bs hline] inside a \texttt{Table} environment.
+\item[\Bs item] inside a \texttt{itemize}, \texttt{enumerate}, or
+     \texttt{description} environment.
+\item[\Bs today] \today\ (see also the \texttt{rcsinfo} \LaTeX\ package).
+\item[\Bs ss,\Bs"a, ...] \Bs ss = \ss, \Bs"a = \"a, \Bs"o = \"o, \Bs"u = \"u,
+     \Bs"A = \"A, \Bs"O = \"O, \Bs"U = \"U. It is allowed to surround these
+     macros in \{ and \} in all places, even inside other macros, e.g.
+     \begin{verbatim}
+     \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss}
+     \textbf{\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss}}
+     \textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
+     \end{verbatim}
+
+     \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss {\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss} äöüÄÖÜß}
+
+     If these letters are used in their LATIN-1 8-bit coding, they are
+     translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format.
+     E.g. \texttt{Ä} becomes \texttt{\&Auml}; in HTML and \texttt{@"A}
+     in texinfo.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Conditional Text}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\Prog{latex2man} preprocesses the \LaTeX\ input to allow text to be used
+conditionally. A special sort of \LaTeX\ comment is used for that purpose.
+\begin{itemize}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item \Percent@\Percent\ IF \emph{condition} \Percent@\Percent
+\item \Percent@\Percent\ ELSE \Percent@\Percent
+\item \Percent@\Percent\ END-IF \Percent@\Percent
+\end{itemize}
+
+A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else.  \emph{condition} is
+a boolean expression containing ``names'' and operators.  The names given with
+the \OptArg{-C}{name} option have the value ``true'', while all other names
+occuring in the expression are assumed to be ``false''.  If the evaluation of
+the boolean expression results in the value ``true'', the text in the
+``then''-part is used and the text in the optional ``else''-part is skipped
+(and vice versa).  The \texttt{IF/ELSE/END-IF} may be nested.  As boolean
+operators the following are allowed:
+
+\begin{Table}{2}
+\Bar\Bar & boolean or   \\
+\&\&     & boolean and  \\
+!        & negation
+\end{Table}
+
+( and ) for grouping are allowed.
+
+\noindent
+For example:\\
+\Percent@\Percent\ IF abc                    \Percent@\Percent\\
+\verb+    +abc set\\
+\verb+    +\Percent@\Percent\ IF xyz         \Percent@\Percent\\
+\verb+       +xyz set\\
+\verb+    +\Percent@\Percent\ ELSE           \Percent@\Percent\\
+\verb+       +xyz NOT set\\
+\verb+    +\Percent@\Percent\ END-IF         \Percent@\Percent\\
+\Percent@\Percent\ ELSE                      \Percent@\Percent\\
+\verb+    +abc NOT set\\
+\verb+    +\Percent@\Percent\ IF xyz \Bar\Bar\ !XYZ \Percent@\Percent\\
+\verb+       +xyz OR !XYZ set\\
+\verb+    +\Percent@\Percent\ ELSE           \Percent@\Percent\\
+\verb+       +xyz OR !XYZ NOT set\\
+\verb+    +\Percent@\Percent\ END-IF         \Percent@\Percent\\
+\Percent@\Percent\ END-IF                    \Percent@\Percent
+
+\noindent
+Run this manual page through \Prog{latex2man} with e.g.\
+\OptArg{-C}{'abc XYZ'} and have a look to the generated output.
+(If simply running the \LaTeX-document\ through \LaTeX, all lines are shown in the
+.dvi file).\\
+%@% IF abc            %@%
+   abc set\\
+   %@% IF xyz         %@%
+       xyz set\\
+   %@% ELSE           %@%
+       xyz NOT set\\
+   %@% END-IF         %@%
+%@% ELSE              %@%
+    abc NOT set\\
+    %@% IF xyz || !XYZ %@%
+    xyz OR !XYZ set\\
+    %@% ELSE          %@%
+    xyz OR !XYZ NOT set
+    %@% END-IF        %@%
+%@% END-IF            %@%
+
+\noindent
+To check the conditional text feature, when \Prog{latex2man} is called with
+\begin{description}
+\item[\OptArg{-C}{HTML}]  the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b;
+\item[\OptArg{-C}{TEXI}]  the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b;
+\item[\OptArg{-C}{MAN}]   the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b;
+\item[\OptArg{-C}{LATEX}] the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a;
+\item[calling \LaTeX\ without preprocessing] all lines
+\end{description}
+should be shown:
+
+%@% IF HTML %@%
+1a. This text occurs only when viewing the HTML output.
+
+%@% ELSE %@%
+1b. The HTML conditional was not set.
+
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+%@% IF TEXI %@%
+2a. This text occurs only when viewing the TEXI output
+
+%@% ELSE %@%
+2b. The TEXI conditional was not set.
+
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+%@% IF MAN %@%
+3a. This text occurs only when viewing the MAN output
+
+%@% ELSE %@%
+3b. The MAN conditional was not set.
+
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+%@% IF LATEX %@%
+4a. This text occurs only when viewing the LATEX output
+
+%@% ELSE %@%
+4b. The LATEX conditional was not set.
+
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+\subsection{Translation of User Defined Macros}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+The user macro translation file (given by the \oOptArg{-t}{transfile}) contains
+\Prog{Perl} commands specifying the translation of \LaTeX\ macros defined by
+the user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following code
+is expected:
+
+\begin{itemize}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item Comments start with a \# up to the end of the line.
+\item For a macro \verb+\foo+ with no arguments, the following code must be
+     specified:
+     \begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+       \item[Translation to Man-Pages]\TEXbr
+            \verb+$manMacro{'foo'}  = '...';+
+       \item[Translation to HTML]\TEXbr
+            \verb+$htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...';+
+       \item[Translation to TexInfo]\TEXbr
+            \verb+$texiMacro{'foo'} = '...';+
+     \end{description}
+
+     where \verb+...+ is the translation.
+
+\item For a macro \verb+\foo{..}+ with one argument, the following code must be
+     specified:
+     \begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+       \item[Translation to Man-Pages]\TEXbr
+            \verb+$manMacro1a{'foo'}  = '...';+\\
+            \verb+$manMacro1b{'foo'}  = '...';+
+       \item[Translation to HTML]\TEXbr
+            \verb+$htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';+\\
+            \verb+$htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';+
+
+       \item[Translation to TexInfo]\TEXbr
+            \verb+$texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';+\\
+            \verb+$texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';+
+     \end{description}
+
+     where \verb+...+ is the translation. The \verb+1a+ code is used before the
+     argument, while \verb+1b+ is typeset after the argument is set.
+
+\item For a macro \verb+\foo{..}{..}+ with two arguments, the following code
+     must be specified:
+     \begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+     \item[Translation to Man-Pages]\TEXbr
+          \verb+$manMacro2a{'foo'}  = '...';+\\
+          \verb+$manMacro2b{'foo'}  = '...';+\\
+          \verb+$manMacro2c{'foo'}  = '...';+
+     \item[Translation to HTML]\TEXbr
+          \verb+$htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';+\\
+          \verb+$htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';+\\
+          \verb+$htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';+
+     \item[Translation to TexInfo]\TEXbr
+          \verb+$texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';+\\
+          \verb+$texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';+\\
+          \verb+$texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';+
+     \end{description}
+
+     where \verb+...+ is the translation. The \verb+2a+ code is used before the
+     first argument, \verb+2b+ between the two arguments and \verb+2c+ is
+     typeset after the second argument is set.
+\item The file \File{latex2man.trans} contains some example code.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Verbatim Environment}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+This
+    {is}
+        \texttt{a}
+                  $test$
+                         _of_
+verbatim
+<this is no HTML tag> and no @* TexInfo command
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Subsection works}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+This is a \verb+\subsection+.
+
+\subsubsection{Subsubsection works}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+This is a \verb+\subsubsection+.
+
+\subsubsection{Subsubsection still works}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+This is another \verb+\subsubsection+.
+
+
+\subsection{General Remarks}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators.
+\item The arguments of the \LaTeX\ commands must not be split over several
+     lines.
+\item Do not nest calls to macros.
+\item Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other \LaTeX\
+     environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will cause garbage
+     in the output.
+\item \Prog{latex2man} requires Perl version $>=$ 5.0004\_03.
+\item If you want to install the system with the distributed \File{Makefile},
+     you need GNU-\Prog{make}. If you don't have it, you should execute the
+     steps shown in the \File{Makefile} manually.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{Some Bug Fix Tests}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% TODO: HTML: a blank line after \begin{description} should not emit a <p>
+\begin{description}
+\item[Leading . and ']
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work propperly,
+since a \verb+\&+ is added. Therfore the \verb+\Dot+ macro has been deleted.\\
+Thanks to \Email{Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De}.\\
+Testcase 1:
+\begin{description}
+\item['\Bs n'] ...
+\end{description}
+Testcase 2:\\
+\File{.foobar}
+Testcase 3:\\
+\Dots
+
+abc \Dots abc . efg ' 123
+
+\item[\% in verbatim] A \% in a \Bs verb and verbatim-environment was not
+     emitted correctly.  Thanks to Aleksey Nogin \Email{nogin@cs.caltech.edu}
+     for the bug report and bug fix.
+
+\verb+ % abc+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+   % abc %
+\end{verbatim}
+
+but ignore comments following this: % this should be ignored
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Requirements}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{description}\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}
+\item[Perl] \Prog{latex2man} requires Perl version $>=$ 5.0004\_03.
+\item[Make] If you want to install the system with the distributed
+     \File{Makefile}, you need GNU-\Prog{make}. If you don't have it, you
+     should execute the steps shown in the \File{Makefile} manually.
+\item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX 2e is required.
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Changes}
+%@% IF LATEX %@%
+{\small\verbatiminput{CHANGES}}
+%@% ELSE %@%
+Please check the file \URL{latex2man-CHANGES} for the list of changes.
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+\section{Version}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+Version: \Version\ of \Date.
+
+\section{License and Copyright}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Copyright] \copyright\ 1998, Dr.~Jürgen Vollmer, Viktoriastraße 15,
+     D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany, \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de}
+
+
+     The actual version of  \Prog{Latex2man} may be found on my homepage\\
+     \URL{http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html}.
+
+\item[License] This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the
+     terms of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives
+     in directory \File{macros/latex/base/lppl.txt}; either version 1 of the
+     License, or any later version.
+
+\item[Misc] If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from
+     the place where you are living.
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Author}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\noindent
+Dr.~Jürgen Vollmer                      \\
+Viktoriastraße 15                       \\
+D-76133 Karlsruhe                       \\
+Email: \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de}  \\
+WWW: \URL{http://www.informatik-vollmer.de}.
+
+\LatexManEnd
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.texi
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0614458666d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,1005 @@
+\input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename latex2man.info
+@settitle latex2man
+@c %**end of header
+@c Manual page created with latex2man on Di 11. Nov 08:21:27 CET 2008>
+@c NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.
+@dircategory Man-pages
+@direntry
+* Latex2man: (latex2man). Its Man-Page 
+@end direntry
+@titlepage
+@title latex2man
+@subtitle Documentation Tools
+@author Dr.~J@"urgen Vollmer
+@end titlepage
+@node Top, Description, (dir), (dir)
+@top latex2man
+
+Latex2man
+is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with 
+LaTeXinto a format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too. 
+Output of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text 
+feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used). 
+
+@section Synopsis
+
+
+latex2man
+[ -t@var{transfile} ]
+[ -HMTL ]
+[ -h ]
+[ -V ]
+[ -C@var{name} ]
+@*
+[ -a@var{char} ]
+@var{infile}
+@var{outfile}
+
+@menu
+* Description:: 
+* Options:: 
+* Files:: 
+* See Also:: 
+* LaTeX commands:: 
+* Package Options:: 
+* Package Specific Environments:: 
+* Accepted LaTeX Environments:: 
+* Package Specific Macros:: 
+* Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package:: 
+* Accepted LaTeX Macros:: 
+* Conditional Text:: 
+* Translation of User Defined Macros:: 
+* Verbatim Environment:: 
+* Subsection works:: 
+* Subsubsection works:: 
+* Subsubsection still works:: 
+* General Remarks:: 
+* Some Bug Fix Tests:: 
+* Requirements:: 
+* Changes:: 
+* Version:: 
+* License and Copyright:: 
+* Author:: 
+@end menu
+@node Description,  Options,  Top, Top  
+@section Description
+
+Latex2man
+reads the file @var{infile}
+and writes @var{outfile}.
+The 
+input must be a LaTeX document using the latex2man
+LaTeXpackage. 
+Latex2man
+translates that document into the troff(1)
+format using 
+the -man
+macro package. 
+
+Using the -H
+option, HTML code can be produced, instead of 
+troff(1).
+
+Using the -T
+option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of 
+troff(1).
+
+Using the -M
+option, troff(1)
+input is produced. 
+
+Using the -L
+option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of 
+troff(1).
+
+@node Options,  Files,  Description, Top  
+@section Options
+
+@table @samp
+@item -t@var{transfile}
+Translation for user defined LaTeX macros. 
+@item -M
+Produce output suitable for the man(1)
+command (default). 
+@item -H
+Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1)
+command, HTML code is produced (despite the name of the command). 
+@item -T
+Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1)
+command, TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command). The 
+generated @file{.texi}-file
+may be processed with makeinfo(1)
+(to produce an @file{.info}-file)
+which in turn may be installed using 
+install-info(1).
+The Info tags @t{@@dircategory} and 
+@t{@@direntry} are provided. 
+@item -L
+The LaTeX source is written to the @var{outfile}.
+This is 
+useful in conjunction with the -C@var{name}
+option. 
+@item -C@var{name}
+Output the conditional text for @var{name}.
+If more 
+than one name should be given use quotes: -C@var{'name1 name2 ...'}@*
+
+The following names are defined automatically: 
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+-H defines @t{HTML}
+@item
+-T defines @t{TEXI}
+@item
+-M defines @t{MAN}
+@item
+-L defines @t{LATEX}
+@end itemize
+@item -a@var{char}
+Is used only in conjunction with -T.@*
+
+Background:@*
+
+TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In order 
+to produce some additional space before that word (using \SP) some 
+character has to be printed before the additional space. By default this 
+is a . (dot). The @var{char}
+specifies an alternative for that first 
+character. Giving a blank to 
+-a
+supresses the indentation of a line.@*
+
+Note: only for the first \SP of a series that @var{char}
+is printed. 
+@item -h
+Show a help text. 
+@item -V
+Show version information. 
+@end table
+
+@node Files,  See Also,  Options, Top  
+@section Files
+
+
+@table @samp
+@item @file{latex2man.tex}
+The LaTeX file containing this Man-page. 
+@item @file{latex2man.sty}
+The LaTeX package defining the environments and 
+commands. 
+@item @file{latex2man.cfg}
+The configuration file for Latex2man
+LaTeX-package.
+@item @file{latex2man.trans}
+File containing example translations of user 
+defined LaTeX macros. 
+@item @file{fancyheadings.sty}
+A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and 
+foot lines. 
+@item @file{fancyhdr.sty}
+A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot 
+lines. 
+@item @file{rcsinfo.sty}
+A LaTeX package used to extract and use RCS version 
+control information in LaTeX documents. 
+@end table
+
+@node See Also,  LaTeX commands, Files, Top  
+@section See Also
+
+
+LaTeX,TexInfo, troff(1),
+groff(1),
+makeinfo(1).
+
+@node LaTeX commands, Package Options,  See Also, Top  
+@section LaTeX commands
+
+
+The LaTeX package @t{latex2man}
+is used to write the Man-pages with 
+LaTeX.Since we translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff can 
+be translated. 
+
+@node Package Options,  Package Specific Environments,  LaTeX commands, Top 
+@subsection Package Options
+
+The @t{latex2man}
+package accepts the following options: 
+
+@table @samp
+@item fancy
+use the LaTeX package @t{fancyheadings}.
+@item fancyhdr
+use the LaTeX package @t{fancyhdr}.
+@item nofancy
+neither the LaTeX package @t{fancyheadings}
+nor 
+@t{fancyhdr}
+are used. 
+@end table
+
+The default option may be specified in the file @t{latex2man.cfg}.
+
+@node Package Specific Environments,  Accepted LaTeX Environments, Package Options, Top  
+@subsection Package Specific Environments
+
+
+The following environments are provided by the package: 
+@table @samp
+@item \begin@{Name@}@{chapter@}@{name@}@{author@}@{info@}@{title@} 
+The 
+@t{Name}
+environment takes five arguments: 1.  the Man-page chapter, 
+2.  the name of the Man-page, 3.  the author, 4.  some short information 
+about the tool printed in the footline of the Man-page, and 5.  a text 
+which is used as title, for HTML and LaTeX (it's ignored for output of 
+the Man-page or TeXinfo. The @t{Name}
+environment must be the first 
+environment in the document. Processing starts with this environment. Any 
+text before this is ignored (exception: the @t{setVersion} and 
+@t{setDate} commands). (Note: all arguments of \begin@{Name@} must 
+be written on one line). 
+@item \begin@{Table@}[width]@{columns@}
+The @t{Table}
+environment takes two arguments: the first optional one specifies 
+a width of the last column, the second one gives the number of columns. 
+For example: 
+
+@t{\begin@{Table@}[2cm]@{3@}} @*
+
+@t{Here & am & I \\\hline} @*
+
+@t{A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\} @*
+
+@t{B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\} @*
+
+@t{\end@{Table@}} 
+
+will be typeset as: 
+
+@multitable @columnfractions  0.3 0.3 0.3
+@item Here @tab  am @tab  I 
+
+@item 
+A 1 @tab  A 2 @tab  A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5
+
+@item B 1 @tab  B 2 @tab  B 3 
+
+@end multitable
+
+If no optional @emph{width}
+argument is given, all entries are 
+typeset left justified. 
+The @emph{width}
+is a length measured absolutly in @emph{cm}.
+Processing with LaTeX a @t{p@{width@}} column is typeset 
+as last column. The translation to troff(1)
+commands 
+results in a @t{lw(width)}
+column specification. Translating 
+to HTML and TexInfo ignores the @emph{width}
+parameter. 
+
+@t{\hline} may be used. 
+
+If the Man-page is formatted with troff(1)
+and tables are used, the 
+tbl(1)
+preprocessor should be called, usually by giving 
+a -t
+to the call of troff(1).
+When viewing the generated 
+manula page using man(1),
+tbl(1)
+is called automatically. 
+@item \begin@{Description@}
+is the same as \begin@{description@} 
+@item \begin@{Description@}[label]
+is similar to 
+\begin@{description@}, but the item labels have at minimum the size 
+of the (optional) word @emph{label}.
+The difference is visible only 
+in the DVI and PDF-output, not in the troff, TexInfo or HTML output. 
+@table @samp
+@item a
+|a @t{\begin@{description@}} 
+@item ab
+|ab 
+@item abc
+|abc 
+@end table
+@table @samp
+@item a
+|a @t{\begin@{Description@}} 
+@item ab
+|ab 
+@item abc
+|abc 
+@end table
+@table @samp
+@item a
+|a @t{\begin@{Description@}[aa]} 
+@item ab
+|ab 
+@item abc
+|abc 
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@node Accepted LaTeX Environments, Package Specific Macros,  Package Specific Environments, Top  
+@subsection Accepted LaTeX Environments
+
+
+The following environments are accepted: 
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+@t{description}
+@item
+@t{enumerate}
+@item
+@t{itemize}
+@item
+@t{verbatim}
+@item
+@t{center}
+@end itemize
+
+They may be nested: 
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Itemize and nested center: 
+
+@center A centered line.@*
+@center Another centered line. 
+@center 
+@item
+Another item an nested enumerate 
+@enumerate
+@item
+a 
+@item
+b 
+@end enumerate
+@end itemize
+
+@node Package Specific Macros,  Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Accepted LaTeX Environments, Top 
+@subsection Package Specific Macros
+
+
+The following commands are provided: 
+@table @samp
+@item \Opt@{option@}
+Option: @t{\Opt@{-o@}} will be typeset as -o.
+@item \Arg@{argument@}
+Argument: @t{\Arg@{filename@}} will be typeset as 
+@var{filename}.
+@item \OptArg@{option@}@{argument@}
+Option with Argument:@*
+
+@t{\OptArg@{-o@}@{filename@}} will be typeset as -o@var{filename}.
+@item \OptoArg@{option@}@{argument@}
+Option with optional Argument:@*
+
+@t{\OptoArg@{-o@}@{filename@}} will be 
+typeset as -o[@var{filename}].
+@item \oOpt@{option@}
+Optional option, e.g.  @t{\oOpt@{-o@}} will be 
+typeset as [ -o ].
+@item \oArg@{argument@}
+Optional argument, e.g.  @t{\oArg@{filename@}} 
+will be typeset as [ @var{filename} ].
+@item \oOptArg@{option@}@{argument@}
+Optional option with argument, e.g.@*
+
+@t{\oOptArg@{-o@}@{filename@}} will be typeset as [ -o@var{filename} ].
+@item \oOptoArg@{option@}@{argument@}
+Optional option with optional 
+argument, e.g.  
+@t{\oOptoArg@{-o@}@{filename@}} will be typeset as [ -o[@var{filename}] ].
+@item \File@{filename@}
+used to typeset filenames, e.g.  
+@t{\File@{filename@}} will be typeset as @file{filename}.
+@item \Prog@{prog@}
+used to typeset program names, e.g.  
+@t{\Prog@{latex2man@}} will be typeset as latex2man.
+@item \Cmd@{command@}@{chapter@}
+used to typeset references to other 
+commands, e.g.  @t{\Cmd@{latex2man@}@{1@}} will be typeset as 
+latex2man(1).
+@item \Bar
+is typeset as |.
+@item \Bs
+(BackSlash) is typeset as \.
+@item \Tilde
+is typeset as a ~.
+@item \Dots
+is typeset as ...
+@item \Bullet
+us typeset as *.
+@item \setVersion@{..@}
+set @t{..} as version information. 
+@item \setVersionWord@{..@}
+set @t{..} for the word @emph{Version:}
+in 
+the footline. The default is @t{\setVersionWord@{Version:@}}. 
+@item \Version
+returns the version information. 
+@item \setDate@{..@}
+sets @t{..} as date information. 
+@item \Date
+returns the date information. 
+@item \Email@{..@}
+use to mark an Email address:@*
+
+@t{\Email@{Juergen.Vollmer@@informatik-vollmer.de@}} is typeset as:@*
+
+@email{Juergen.Vollmer@@informatik-vollmer.de}.
+@item \URL@{..@}
+use to mark an URL: 
+@t{\URL@{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer@}} is typeset as 
+@url{http://www.foo.de/~vollmer}.
+@item \LatexManEnd
+the input file is read and processed until reading 
+end-of-file or @t{\LatexManEnd} (at the beginning of a line). 
+LaTeXignores this command. 
+@item \Lbr, \Rbr
+is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are 
+needed only somtimes like in @t{item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]}. Usually 
+@t{[ ]} will work. 
+@item \LBr, \RBr
+is typeset as @{ and @} (these variants are 
+needed when using @{ or @} as arguments to macros. 
+@item \Circum
+is typeset as ^.
+@item \Percent
+is typeset as %.
+@item \TEXbr
+If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\).In the output of latex2man
+this macro is 
+ignored. 
+@item \TEXIbr
+If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored. 
+@item \MANbr
+If Man-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored. 
+@item \HTMLbr
+If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is 
+equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored. 
+@item \medskip
+An empty line. 
+@item \SP
+Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines. 
+The code of the second line looks like: 
+@t{\SP abc \SP\SP xx\\}:@*
+
+abc @ @ @ @ @ @ xx@*
+
+.@ abc @ @ @ @ xx@*
+
+.@ .@ abc @ @ xx 
+
+Note: Due to some ``problems'' with TexInfo, the lines starting with 
+@t{\SP}
+have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output, 
+see -a@var{char}.
+@end table
+
+@node Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Accepted LaTeX Macros, Package Specific Macros, Top  
+@subsection Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package
+
+
+@table @samp
+@item \rcsInfo $Id ...$
+if the LaTeX package @file{rcsinfo}
+is used, 
+this command is used to extract the date of the Man-page. 
+@item \rcsInfoLongDate
+if the LaTeX package @file{rcsinfo}
+is used, this 
+command is used to typeset the date coded in the @t{$Id ..$} string. 
+@end table
+
+@node Accepted LaTeX Macros, Conditional Text,  Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package, Top  
+@subsection Accepted LaTeX Macros
+
+
+The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted: 
+@table @samp
+@item \section@{..@}
+The @t{section}
+macro takes one argument: the 
+name of the Man-page section. Each Man-page consists of several sections. 
+Usually there are the following sections in a Man-page: @emph{Name}
+(special handling as environment, c.f.  above), @emph{Synopsis},
+@emph{Description},
+@emph{Options},
+@emph{Files},
+@emph{See Also},
+@emph{Diagnostics},
+@emph{Return Values},
+@emph{Bugs},
+@emph{Author},
+@emph{version},
+etc. 
+
+@emph{Synopsis}
+must be the first section after the @t{Name}
+environment. 
+
+Note: Do not use LaTeX-macrosin section names. 
+@item \subsection@{..@}
+works as well as 
+@item \subsubsection@{..@}
+those. 
+@item \emph@{..@}
+@t{\emph@{example@}} is typeset as @emph{example}.
+@item \textbf@{..@}
+@t{\textbf@{example@}} is typeset as @strong{example}.
+@item \texttt@{..@}
+@t{\textt@{example@}} is typeset as @t{example}.
+@item \underline@{..@}
+@t{\underline@{example@}} is typeset as 
+example of underline.
+@item \date@{..@}
+uses @t{..} as date. 
+@item \verb+..+
+but only + is allowed as delimiter. 
+@item $<$
+is typeset as <. 
+@item $>$
+is typeset as >. 
+@item $<=$
+is typeset as <=. 
+@item $>=$
+is typeset as >=. 
+@item $=$
+is typeset as =. 
+@item $<>$
+is typeset as <>. 
+@item $\ge$
+is typeset as $>=$.
+@item $\le$
+is typeset as $<=$.
+@item $\leftarrow$
+is typeset as $<--$.
+@item $\Leftarrow$
+is typeset as $<==$.
+@item $\rightarrow$
+is typeset as $-->$.
+@item $\Rightarrow$
+is typeset as $==>$.
+@item \@{
+is typeset as @{. 
+@item \@}
+is typeset as @}. 
+@item \$
+is typeset as $. 
+@item \$
+is typeset as $,should be used inside macro 
+arguments. 
+@item \_
+is typeset as _. 
+@item \&
+is typeset as &. 
+@item \#
+is typeset as #. 
+@item \%
+is typeset as %. 
+@item \,
+is typeset as smaller blank - - (between the two -) 
+@item \-
+is used to mark hyphenation in a word. 
+@item \\
+is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the 
+@t{Table}
+environment. 
+@item \
+(a \ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank, 
+although it cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation 
+(see the @t{\SP}
+command). 
+@item ~
+is typeset as a blank. 
+@item \copyright
+is typeset as @copyright{}.
+@item \noindent
+@item \hline
+inside a @t{Table}
+environment. 
+@item \item
+inside a @t{itemize},
+@t{enumerate},
+or 
+@t{description}
+environment. 
+@item \today
+11 November 2008(see also the @t{rcsinfo}
+LaTeXpackage). 
+@item \ss,\"a, ...
+\ss = @ss{}, \"a= @"a, \"o= @"o, \"u= @"u, 
+\"A= @"A, \"O= @"O, \"U= @"U. It is allowed to surround these 
+macros in @{ and @} in all places, even inside other macros, e.g. 
+@*
+.@ @ @ @ @ \textbf@{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss@}@*
+.@ @ @ @ @ \textbf@{\"a@}@{\"o@}@{\"u@}@{\"A@}@{\"O@}@{\"U@}@{\ss@}@}@*
+.@ @ @ @ @ \textbf@{äöüÄÖÜß@}@*
+
+@strong{@"a@"o@"u@"A@"O@"U@ss{} @"a@"o@"u@"A@"O@"U@ss{} @"a@"o@"u@"A@"O@"U@ss{}}
+
+If these letters are used in their LATIN-1 8-bit coding, they are 
+translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format. 
+E.g. @t{@"A}
+becomes @t{&Auml};
+in HTML and @t{@@"A}
+in texinfo. 
+@end table
+
+@node Conditional Text,  Translation of User Defined Macros,  Accepted LaTeX Macros, Top 
+@subsection Conditional Text
+
+
+latex2man
+preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used 
+conditionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose. 
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+%@@% IF @emph{condition} %@@%
+@item
+%@@% ELSE %@@% 
+@item
+%@@% END-IF %@@% 
+@end itemize
+
+A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. @emph{condition}
+is 
+a boolean expression containing ``names'' and operators. The names given with 
+the -C@var{name}
+option have the value ``true'', while all other names 
+occuring in the expression are assumed to be ``false''. If the evaluation of 
+the boolean expression results in the value ``true'', the text in the 
+``then''-part is used and the text in the optional ``else''-part is skipped 
+(and vice versa). The @t{IF/ELSE/END-IF}
+may be nested. As boolean 
+operators the following are allowed: 
+
+@multitable @columnfractions  0.45 0.45
+@item ||@tab  boolean or 
+
+@item && @tab  boolean and 
+
+@item ! @tab  negation 
+@end multitable
+
+( and ) for grouping are allowed. 
+
+@noindent
+
+For example:@*
+
+%@@% IF abc %@@%@*
+
+@t{}abc set@*
+
+@t{}%@@%  IF xyz %@@%@*
+
+@t{}xyz set@*
+
+@t{}%@@%  ELSE %@@%@*
+
+@t{}xyz NOT set@*
+
+@t{}%@@%  END-IF %@@%@*
+
+%@@% ELSE %@@%@*
+
+@t{}abc NOT set@*
+
+@t{}%@@%  IF xyz || !XYZ %@@%@*
+
+@t{}xyz OR !XYZ set@*
+
+@t{}%@@%  ELSE %@@%@*
+
+@t{}xyz OR !XYZ NOT set@*
+
+@t{}%@@%  END-IF %@@%@*
+
+%@@% END-IF %@@%
+
+@noindent
+
+Run this manual page through latex2man
+with e.g.  
+-C@var{'abc XYZ'}
+and have a look to the generated output. 
+(If simply running the LaTeX-document through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the 
+.dvi file).@*
+
+abc NOT set@*
+
+xyz OR !XYZ set@*
+
+
+@noindent
+
+To check the conditional text feature, when latex2man
+is called with 
+@table @samp
+@item -C@var{HTML}
+the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b; 
+@item -C@var{TEXI}
+the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b; 
+@item -C@var{MAN}
+the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b; 
+@item -C@var{LATEX}
+the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a; 
+@item calling LaTeX without preprocessing
+all lines 
+@end table
+should be shown: 
+
+1b. The HTML conditional was not set. 
+
+2a. This text occurs only when viewing the TEXI output 
+
+3b. The MAN conditional was not set. 
+
+4b. The LATEX conditional was not set. 
+
+@node Translation of User Defined Macros,  Verbatim Environment,  Conditional Text, Top  
+@subsection Translation of User Defined Macros
+
+
+The user macro translation file (given by the [ -t@var{transfile} ])
+contains 
+Perl
+commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by 
+the user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following code 
+is expected: 
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Comments start with a # up to the end of the line. 
+@item
+For a macro @t{\foo} with no arguments, the following code must be 
+specified: 
+@table @samp
+@item Translation to Man-Pages
+@t{$manMacro@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@item Translation to HTML
+@t{$htmlMacro@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@item Translation to TexInfo
+@t{$texiMacro@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@end table
+
+where @t{...} is the translation. 
+
+@item
+For a macro @t{\foo@{..@}} with one argument, the following code must be 
+specified: 
+@table @samp
+@item Translation to Man-Pages
+@t{$manMacro1a@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$manMacro1b@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@item Translation to HTML
+@t{$htmlMacro1a@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$htmlMacro1b@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+
+@item Translation to TexInfo
+@t{$texiMacro1a@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$texiMacro1b@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@end table
+
+where @t{...} is the translation. The @t{1a} code is used before the 
+argument, while @t{1b} is typeset after the argument is set. 
+
+@item
+For a macro @t{\foo@{..@}@{..@}} with two arguments, the following code 
+must be specified: 
+@table @samp
+@item Translation to Man-Pages
+@t{$manMacro2a@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$manMacro2b@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$manMacro2c@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@item Translation to HTML
+@t{$htmlMacro2a@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$htmlMacro2b@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$htmlMacro2c@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@item Translation to TexInfo
+@t{$texiMacro2a@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$texiMacro2b@{'foo'@} = '...';}@*
+ 
+@t{$texiMacro2c@{'foo'@} = '...';} 
+@end table
+
+where @t{...} is the translation. The @t{2a} code is used before the 
+first argument, @t{2b} between the two arguments and @t{2c} is 
+typeset after the second argument is set. 
+@item
+The file @file{latex2man.trans} contains some example code.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Verbatim Environment,  Subsection works,  Translation of User Defined Macros, Top  
+@subsection Verbatim Environment
+
+
+@*
+.This@*
+.@ @ @ @ @{is@}@*
+.@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ \texttt@{a@}@*
+.@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ $test$@*
+.@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ _of_@*
+.verbatim@*
+.<this@ is@ no@ HTML@ tag>@ and@ no@ @@*@ TexInfo@ command@*
+
+@node Subsection works,  Subsubsection works,  Verbatim Environment, Top  
+@subsection Subsection works
+
+
+This is a @t{\subsection}. 
+
+@node Subsubsection works,  Subsubsection still works,  Subsection works, Top  
+@subsubsection Subsubsection works
+
+
+This is a @t{\subsubsection}. 
+
+@node Subsubsection still works,  General Remarks,  Subsubsection works, Top  
+@subsubsection Subsubsection still works
+
+
+This is another @t{\subsubsection}. 
+
+@node General Remarks,  Some Bug Fix Tests,  Subsubsection still works, Top  
+@subsection General Remarks
+
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators. 
+@item
+The arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over several 
+lines. 
+@item
+Do not nest calls to macros. 
+@item
+Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other LaTeX  
+environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will cause garbage 
+in the output. 
+@item
+latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+@item
+If you want to install the system with the distributed @file{Makefile},
+you need GNU-make.
+If you don't have it, you should execute the 
+steps shown in the @file{Makefile}
+manually. 
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Some Bug Fix Tests,  Requirements,  General Remarks, Top  
+@subsection Some Bug Fix Tests
+
+
+@table @samp
+@item Leading . and '
+Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work propperly, 
+since a @t{\&} is added. Therfore the @t{\Dot} macro has been deleted.@*
+
+Thanks to @email{Frank.Schilder@@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De}.@*
+
+Testcase 1: 
+@table @samp
+@item '\n'
+... 
+@end table
+Testcase 2:@*
+
+@file{.foobar}
+Testcase 3:@*
+
+...
+abc ...abc . efg ' 123 
+
+@item % in verbatim
+A % in a \verb and verbatim-environment was not 
+emitted correctly. Thanks to Aleksey Nogin @email{nogin@@cs.caltech.edu}
+for the bug report and bug fix. 
+
+@t{% abc} 
+
+@*
+.@ @ @ %@ abc@ %@*
+
+but ignore comments following this: 
+
+@end table
+
+@node Requirements,  Changes,  Some Bug Fix Tests, Top  
+@section Requirements
+
+
+@table @samp
+@item Perl
+latex2man
+requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03. 
+@item Make
+If you want to install the system with the distributed 
+@file{Makefile},
+you need GNU-make.
+If you don't have it, you 
+should execute the steps shown in the @file{Makefile}
+manually. 
+@item LaTeX
+LaTeX2e is required. 
+@end table
+
+@node Changes,  Version,  Requirements, Top  
+@section Changes
+
+Please check the file @url{latex2man-CHANGES}
+for the list of changes. 
+
+@node Version,  License and Copyright,  Changes, Top  
+@section Version
+
+
+Version: 1.23 of 2008/11/11.
+
+@node License and Copyright,  Author,  Version, Top  
+@section License and Copyright
+
+
+@table @samp
+@item Copyright
+@copyright{}1998, Dr. J@"urgen Vollmer, Viktoriastra@ss{}e 15, 
+D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany, @email{Juergen.Vollmer@@informatik-vollmer.de}
+
+The actual version of Latex2man
+may be found on my homepage@*
+
+@url{http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html}.
+
+@item License
+This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the 
+terms of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives 
+in directory @file{macros/latex/base/lppl.txt};
+either version 1 of the 
+License, or any later version. 
+
+@item Misc
+If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from 
+the place where you are living. 
+@end table
+
+@node Author,  ,  License and Copyright, Top  
+@section Author
+
+
+@noindent
+
+Dr. J@"urgen Vollmer @*
+
+Viktoriastra@ss{}e 15 @*
+
+D-76133 Karlsruhe @*
+
+Email: @email{Juergen.Vollmer@@informatik-vollmer.de}
+@*
+WWW: @url{http://www.informatik-vollmer.de}.
+
+@bye
+@c NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.trans b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.trans
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2b77cc2fc21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.trans
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#################################################################################
+# Project: 	Documentation Tools
+# Descr:	Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), and HTML; example of user macro
+#               translations
+# Author:	Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@acm.org
+# $Id: latex2man.trans,v 1.2 1998/01/03 17:06:52 vollmer Exp $
+#################################################################################
+
+#################################################################################
+# translation for MAN
+#################################################################################
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$manMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$manMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';       # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                         # section name (which are transposed
+					 # into uppercase
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$manMacro1a{'myEmph'} 	= '\n.IR "';	$manMacro1b{'myEmph'} 	= '"';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$manMacro2a{'myCmd'} 		= '\n.I "';
+	$manMacro2b{'myCmd'} 	= '"\n(';
+	$manMacro2c{'myCmd'} 	= ')';
+
+#################################################################################
+# translation for HTML
+#################################################################################
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$htmlMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$htmlMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';       # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                         # section name (which are transposed
+					 # into uppercase
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$htmlMacro1a{'myEmph'} 	= '<em>';	$htmlMacro1b{'myEmph'} 	= '</em>';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$htmlMacro2a{'Cmymd'} 		= '<em>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'myCmd'} 	= '</em>(';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'myCmd'} 	= ')';
+
+#################################################################################
+# translation for TexInfo
+#################################################################################
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$texiMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$texiMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';       # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                         # section name (which are transposed
+					 # into uppercase
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$texiMacro1a{'myEmph'} 	= '@emph{';	$texiMacro1b{'myEmph'} 	= '}';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$texiMacro2a{'Cmymd'} 		= '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'myCmd'} 	= ' (';
+	$texiMacro2c{'myCmd'} 	= ')';
+
+#################################################################################
+## emacs variables
+## Local Variables: ***
+## mode: perl ***
+## End: ***
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ded2fa1000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latex2man/latex2man.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
+LATEX2MAN(1)                 Documentation Tools                  LATEX2MAN(1)
+
+
+
+NAME
+       Latex2man  is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with LaTeX-
+       into a format understood by  the  UNIX  man(1)-command.   Alternatively
+       HTML,  TexInfo,  or LaTeX code can be produced too.  Output of parts of
+       the text may be suppressed using  the  conditional  text  feature  (for
+       this, LaTeX generation may be used).
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+       latex2man [-ttransfile] [-HMTL] [-h] [-V] [-Cname] [-achar] infile out-
+       file
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+       Latex2man reads the file infile and writes outfile.  The input must  be
+       a  LaTeX  document  using the latex2man LaTeXpackage.  Latex2man trans-
+       lates that document into the troff(1) format using the -man macro pack-
+       age.
+
+       Using the -H option, HTML code can be produced, instead of troff(1).
+
+       Using the -T option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of troff(1).
+
+       Using the -M option, troff(1) input is produced.
+
+       Using the -L option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of  troff(1).
+
+
+OPTIONS
+       -ttransfile
+               Translation for user defined LaTeX macros.
+
+       -M      Produce output suitable for the man(1) command (default).
+
+       -H       Instead  of  producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+              HTML code is produced (despite the name of the command).
+
+       -T      Instead of producing output suitable for  the  man(1)  command,
+              TexInfo  code is produced (despite the name of the command). The
+              generated .texi-file may be processed with makeinfo(1) (to  pro-
+              duce  an  .info-file)  which  in  turn  may  be  installed using
+              install-info(1).  The Info tags @dircategory and  @direntry  are
+              provided.
+
+       -L       The LaTeX source is written to the outfile.  This is useful in
+              conjunction with the -Cname option.
+
+       -Cname  Output the conditional text for name.  If more  than  one  name
+              should be given use quotes: -C'name1 name2 ...'
+              The following names are defined automatically:
+
+              *      -H defines HTML
+
+              *      -T defines TEXI
+
+              *      -M defines MAN
+
+              *      -L defines LATEX
+
+
+       -achar  Is used only in conjunction with -T.
+              Background:
+              TexInfo  ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line.
+              In order to produce  some  additional  space  before  that  word
+              (using  \SP)  some  character has to be printed before the addi-
+              tional space. By default this is a . (dot). The  char  specifies
+              an  alternative  for  that first character. Giving a blank to -a
+              supresses the indentation of a line.
+              Note: only for the first \SP of a series that char is printed.
+
+       -h      Show a help text.
+
+       -V      Show version information.
+
+
+FILES
+       latex2man.tex
+               The LaTeX file containing this Man-page.
+
+       latex2man.sty
+               The LaTeX package defining the environments and commands.
+
+       latex2man.cfg
+               The configuration file for Latex2man LaTeX-package.
+
+       latex2man.trans
+               File containing example  translations  of  user  defined  LaTeX
+              macros.
+
+       fancyheadings.sty
+               A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
+
+       fancyhdr.sty
+               A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
+
+       rcsinfo.sty
+               A  LaTeX  package  used  to extract and use RCS version control
+              information in LaTeX documents.
+
+
+SEE ALSO
+       LaTeX,TexInfo, troff(1), groff(1), makeinfo(1).
+
+
+LaTeX COMMANDS
+       The LaTeX package  latex2man  is  used  to  write  the  Man-pages  with
+       LaTeX.Since  we  translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff
+       can be translated.
+
+
+   PACKAGE OPTIONS
+       The latex2man package accepts the following options:
+
+
+       fancy  use the LaTeX package fancyheadings.
+
+       fancyhdr
+              use the LaTeX package fancyhdr.
+
+       nofancy
+              neither the LaTeX package fancyheadings nor fancyhdr are used.
+
+       The default option may be specified in the file latex2man.cfg.
+
+
+   PACKAGE SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTS
+       The following environments are provided by the package:
+
+       \begin{Name}{chapter}{name}{author}{info}{title}
+              The Name environment takes  five  arguments:  1.   the  Man-page
+              chapter,  2.  the name of the Man-page, 3.  the author, 4.  some
+              short information about the tool printed in the footline of  the
+              Man-page,  and  5.   a text which is used as title, for HTML and
+              LaTeX (it's ignored for output of the Man-page or  TeXinfo.  The
+              Name  environment must be the first environment in the document.
+              Processing starts with this environment. Any text before this is
+              ignored (exception: the setVersion and setDate commands). (Note:
+              all arguments of \begin{Name} must be written on one line).
+
+       \begin{Table}[width]{columns}
+              The Table environment takes two arguments:  the  first  optional
+              one  specifies  a width of the last column, the second one gives
+              the number of columns.  For example:
+
+       \begin{Table}[2cm]{3}
+       Here & am & I \\\hline
+       A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\
+       B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\
+       \end{Table}
+
+       will be typeset as:
+
+
+       Here   am    I
+       ----------------------
+       A 1    A 2   A 3 1  2
+                    3  4 5 A
+                    3 1 2  3
+                    4 5
+       B 1    B 2   B 3
+
+       If  no  optional  width argument is given, all entries are typeset left
+       justified.  The width is a length measured absolutly in cm.  Processing
+       with LaTeX a p{width} column is typeset as last column. The translation
+       to troff(1) commands  results  in  a  lw(width)  column  specification.
+       Translating to HTML and TexInfo ignores the width parameter.
+
+       \hline may be used.
+
+       If  the  Man-page  is  formatted with troff(1) and tables are used, the
+       tbl(1) preprocessor should be called, usually by giving  a  -t  to  the
+       call of troff(1).  When viewing the generated manula page using man(1),
+       tbl(1) is called automatically.
+
+       \begin{Description}
+              is the same as \begin{description}
+
+       \begin{Description}[label]
+              is similar to \begin{description}, but the item labels  have  at
+              minimum  the  size of the (optional) word label.  The difference
+              is visible only in the DVI and PDF-output,  not  in  the  troff,
+              TexInfo or HTML output.
+
+              a      |a \begin{description}
+
+              ab     |ab
+
+              abc    |abc
+
+
+              a      |a \begin{Description}
+
+              ab     |ab
+
+              abc    |abc
+
+
+              a      |a \begin{Description}[aa]
+
+              ab     |ab
+
+              abc    |abc
+
+
+
+   ACCEPTED LaTeX ENVIRONMENTS
+       The following environments are accepted:
+
+       *      description
+
+       *      enumerate
+
+       *      itemize
+
+       *      verbatim
+
+       *      center
+
+       They may be nested:
+
+       *      Itemize and nested center:
+                                      A centered line.
+                                   Another centered line.
+
+
+       *      Another item an nested enumerate
+
+              1.     a
+
+              2.     b
+
+
+
+   PACKAGE SPECIFIC MACROS
+       The following commands are provided:
+
+       \Opt{option}
+              Option: \Opt{-o} will be typeset as -o.
+
+       \Arg{argument}
+              Argument: \Arg{filename} will be typeset as filename.
+
+       \OptArg{option}{argument}
+              Option with Argument:
+              \OptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -ofilename.
+
+       \OptoArg{option}{argument}
+              Option with optional Argument:
+              \OptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -o[filename].
+
+       \oOpt{option}
+              Optional option, e.g.  \oOpt{-o} will be typeset as [-o].
+
+       \oArg{argument}
+              Optional  argument,  e.g.   \oArg{filename}  will  be typeset as
+              [filename].
+
+       \oOptArg{option}{argument}
+              Optional option with argument, e.g.
+              \oOptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [-ofilename].
+
+       \oOptoArg{option}{argument}
+              Optional   option   with   optional   argument,   e.g.     \oOp-
+              toArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [-o[filename]].
+
+       \File{filename}
+              used to typeset filenames, e.g.  \File{filename} will be typeset
+              as filename.
+
+       \Prog{prog}
+              used to typeset program names, e.g.   \Prog{latex2man}  will  be
+              typeset as latex2man.
+
+       \Cmd{command}{chapter}
+              used   to   typeset   references   to   other   commands,   e.g.
+              \Cmd{latex2man}{1} will be typeset as latex2man(1).
+
+       \Bar   is typeset as |.
+
+       \Bs    (BackSlash) is typeset as \.
+
+       \Tilde is typeset as a ~.
+
+       \Dots  is typeset as ...
+
+
+       \Bullet
+              us typeset as *.
+
+       \setVersion{..}
+              set .. as version information.
+
+       \setVersionWord{..}
+              set .. for the word Version: in the  footline.  The  default  is
+              \setVersionWord{Version:}.
+
+       \Version
+              returns the version information.
+
+       \setDate{..}
+              sets .. as date information.
+
+       \Date  returns the date information.
+
+       \Email{..}
+              use to mark an Email address:
+              \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de} is typeset as:
+              Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de.
+
+       \URL{..}
+              use  to  mark  an URL: \URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer} is
+              typeset as http://www.foo.de/~vollmer.
+
+       \LatexManEnd
+              the input file is read and processed until  reading  end-of-file
+              or \LatexManEnd (at the beginning of a line).  LaTeXignores this
+              command.
+
+       \Lbr, \Rbr
+              is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are needed  only  somtimes
+              like in item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]. Usually [ ] will work.
+
+       \LBr, \RBr
+              is typeset as { and } (these variants are needed when using { or
+              } as arguments to macros.
+
+       \Circum
+              is typeset as ^.
+
+       \Percent
+              is typeset as %.
+
+       \TEXbr If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e.  is  equivalent
+              to \\).In the output of latex2man this macro is ignored.
+
+       \TEXIbr
+              If  TexInfo  output  is  generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+              equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+       \MANbr If Man-Page output is generated, causes a  linebreak  (i.e.   is
+              equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+       \HTMLbr
+              If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is equiv-
+              alent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+       \medskip
+              An empty line.
+
+       \SP    Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines.
+              The code of the second line looks like: \SP abc \SP\SP xx\\:
+              abc    xx
+               abc   xx
+                abc  xx
+
+       Note:  Due  to  some ``problems'' with TexInfo, the lines starting with
+       \SP have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output, see -achar.
+
+
+   ACCEPTED MACROS FROM THE RCSINFO PACKAGE
+       \rcsInfo $Id ...$
+              if the LaTeX package rcsinfo is used, this command  is  used  to
+              extract the date of the Man-page.
+
+       \rcsInfoLongDate
+              if  the  LaTeX  package rcsinfo is used, this command is used to
+              typeset the date coded in the $Id ..$ string.
+
+
+   ACCEPTED LaTeX MACROS
+       The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted:
+
+       \section{..}
+              The section macro takes one argument: the name of  the  Man-page
+              section.  Each  Man-page  consists of several sections.  Usually
+              there are the following sections in a  Man-page:  Name  (special
+              handling  as  environment,  c.f.  above), Synopsis, Description,
+              Options, Files, See  Also,  Diagnostics,  Return  Values,  Bugs,
+              Author, version, etc.
+
+       Synopsis must be the first section after the Name environment.
+
+       Note: Do not use LaTeX-macrosin section names.
+
+       \subsection{..}
+              works as well as
+
+       \subsubsection{..}
+              those.
+
+       \emph{..}
+              \emph{example} is typeset as example.
+
+       \textbf{..}
+              \textbf{example} is typeset as example.
+
+       \texttt{..}
+              \textt{example} is typeset as example.
+
+       \underline{..}
+              \underline{example} is typeset as example of underline .
+
+       \date{..}
+              uses .. as date.
+
+       \verb+..+
+              but only + is allowed as delimiter.
+
+       $<$ is typeset as <.
+
+       $>$ is typeset as >.
+
+       $<=$ is typeset as <=.
+
+       $>=$ is typeset as >=.
+
+       $=$ is typeset as =.
+
+       $<>$ is typeset as <>.
+
+       $\ge$  is typeset as $>=$.
+
+       $\le$  is typeset as $<=$.
+
+       $\leftarrow$
+              is typeset as $<--$.
+
+       $\Leftarrow$
+              is typeset as $<==$.
+
+       $\rightarrow$
+              is typeset as $-->$.
+
+       $\Rightarrow$
+              is typeset as $==>$.
+
+       \{ is typeset as {.
+
+       \} is typeset as }.
+
+       \$ is typeset as $.
+
+       \$ is typeset as $,should be used inside macro
+              arguments.
+
+       \_ is typeset as _.
+
+       \& is typeset as &.
+
+       \# is typeset as #.
+
+       \% is typeset as %.
+
+       \,     is typeset as smaller blank - - (between the two -)
+
+       \-     is used to mark hyphenation in a word.
+
+       \\ is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the
+              Table environment.
+
+       \ (a \ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank,
+              although  it  cannot  be used at the beginning of a line to make
+              indentation (see the \SP command).
+
+       ~ is typeset as a blank.
+
+       \copyright
+              is typeset as (C).
+
+       \noindent
+
+       \hline inside a Table environment.
+
+       \item  inside a itemize, enumerate, or description environment.
+
+       \today 11 November 2008(see also the rcsinfo LaTeXpackage).
+
+       \ss,\"a, ...
+              \ss = ß, \"a= ä, \"o= ö, \"u= ü, \"A= Ä, \"O= Ö, \"U= Ü.  It  is
+              allowed  to surround these macros in { and } in all places, even
+              inside other macros, e.g.
+                   \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss}
+                   \textbf{\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss}}
+                   \textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
+
+
+       äöüÄÖÜß äöüÄÖÜß äöüÄÖÜß
+
+       If these letters are used in  their  LATIN-1  8-bit  coding,  they  are
+       translated  into  the  equivalent  letter of the desired output format.
+       E.g. Ä becomes &Auml; in HTML and @"A in texinfo.
+
+
+   CONDITIONAL TEXT
+       latex2man preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used  condi-
+       tionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose.
+
+       *      %@% IF condition %@%
+
+       *      %@% ELSE %@%
+
+       *      %@% END-IF %@%
+
+       A  line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. condition is
+       a boolean expression containing  ``names''  and  operators.  The  names
+       given  with  the -Cname option have the value ``true'', while all other
+       names occuring in the expression are assumed to be  ``false''.  If  the
+       evaluation of the boolean expression results in the value ``true'', the
+       text in the  ``then''-part  is  used  and  the  text  in  the  optional
+       ``else''-part  is  skipped  (and vice versa). The IF/ELSE/END-IF may be
+       nested. As boolean operators the following are allowed:
+
+
+
+       ( and ) for grouping are allowed.
+
+       For example:
+       %@% IF abc %@%
+       abc set
+       %@%  IF xyz %@%
+       xyz set
+       %@%  ELSE %@%
+       xyz NOT set
+       %@%  END-IF %@%
+       %@% ELSE %@%
+       abc NOT set
+       %@%  IF xyz || !XYZ %@%
+       xyz OR !XYZ set
+       %@%  ELSE %@%
+       xyz OR !XYZ NOT set
+       %@%  END-IF %@%
+       %@% END-IF %@%
+
+       Run this manual page through latex2man with e.g.  -C'abc XYZ' and  have
+       a  look to the generated output.  (If simply running the LaTeX-document
+       through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the .dvi file).
+       abc NOT set
+       xyz OR !XYZ set
+
+       To check the conditional text feature, when latex2man is called with
+
+       -CHTML  the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b;
+
+       -CTEXI  the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b;
+
+       -CMAN   the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b;
+
+       -CLATEX
+               the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a;
+
+       calling LaTeX without preprocessing
+              all lines
+
+       should be shown:
+
+       1b. The HTML conditional was not set.
+
+       2b. The TEXI conditional was not set.
+
+       3a. This text occurs only when viewing the MAN output
+
+       4b. The LATEX conditional was not set.
+
+
+   TRANSLATION OF USER DEFINED MACROS
+       The user macro translation file (given by the  [-ttransfile])  contains
+       Perl commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by the
+       user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments.  The  following
+       code is expected:
+
+
+       *      Comments start with a # up to the end of the line.
+
+       *      For  a  macro \foo with no arguments, the following code must be
+              specified:
+
+              Translation to Man-Pages
+                     $manMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              Translation to HTML
+                     $htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              Translation to TexInfo
+                     $texiMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              where ... is the translation.
+
+
+       *      For a macro \foo{..} with one argument, the following code  must
+              be specified:
+
+              Translation to Man-Pages
+                     $manMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $manMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              Translation to HTML
+                     $htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+
+              Translation to TexInfo
+                     $texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              where  ...  is  the  translation. The 1a code is used before the
+              argument, while 1b is typeset after the argument is set.
+
+
+       *      For a macro \foo{..}{..} with two arguments, the following  code
+              must be specified:
+
+              Translation to Man-Pages
+                     $manMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $manMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $manMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              Translation to HTML
+                     $htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              Translation to TexInfo
+                     $texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+                     $texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+              where  ...  is  the  translation. The 2a code is used before the
+              first argument, 2b between the two arguments and 2c  is  typeset
+              after the second argument is set.
+
+       *      The file latex2man.trans contains some example code.
+
+
+   VERBATIM ENVIRONMENT
+       This
+           {is}
+               \texttt{a}
+                         $test$
+                                _of_
+       verbatim
+       <this is no HTML tag> and no @* TexInfo command
+
+
+
+   SUBSECTION WORKS
+       This is a \subsection.
+
+
+   Subsubsection works
+       This is a \subsubsection.
+
+
+   Subsubsection still works
+       This is another \subsubsection.
+
+
+   GENERAL REMARKS
+       1.     Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators.
+
+       2.     The  arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over sev-
+              eral lines.
+
+       3.     Do not nest calls to macros.
+
+       4.     Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of  other
+              LaTeX  environments  or  macros  are not translated. Their usage
+              will cause garbage in the output.
+
+       5.     latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+
+       6.     If you want to install the system with the distributed Makefile,
+              you need GNU-make.  If you don't have it, you should execute the
+              steps shown in the Makefile manually.
+
+
+   SOME BUG FIX TESTS
+       Leading . and '
+              Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work prop-
+              perly,  since  a  \&  is added. Therfore the \Dot macro has been
+              deleted.
+              Thanks to Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De.
+              Testcase 1:
+
+              '\n'   ...
+
+              Testcase 2:
+              .foobar Testcase 3:
+              ...
+
+              abc ...  abc . efg ' 123
+
+
+       %in verbatim
+              A % in a \verb and verbatim-environment  was  not  emitted  cor-
+              rectly. Thanks to Aleksey Nogin nogin@cs.caltech.edu for the bug
+              report and bug fix.
+
+       % abc
+
+          % abc %
+
+
+       but ignore comments following this:
+
+
+REQUIREMENTS
+       Perl   latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+
+       Make   If you want to install the system with the distributed Makefile,
+              you need GNU-make.  If you don't have it, you should execute the
+              steps shown in the Makefile manually.
+
+       LaTeX LaTeX2e is required.
+
+
+CHANGES
+       Please check the file latex2man-CHANGES for the list of changes.
+
+
+VERSION
+       Version: 1.23 of 2008/11/11.
+
+
+LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT
+       Copyright
+              (C)1998, Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Viktoriastraße  15,  D-76133  Karl-
+              sruhe, Germany, Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+
+       The actual version of Latex2man may be found on my homepage
+       http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html.
+
+
+       License
+              This  program  can  be  redistributed  and/or modified under the
+              terms of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from  CTAN
+              archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either version
+              1 of the License, or any later version.
+
+
+       Misc   If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from
+              the place where you are living.
+
+
+AUTHOR
+       Dr. Jürgen Vollmer
+       Viktoriastraße 15
+       D-76133 Karlsruhe
+       Email: Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+       WWW: http://www.informatik-vollmer.de.
+
+
+
+
+Documentation Tools               2008/11/11                      LATEX2MAN(1)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latex2man/latex2man b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latex2man/latex2man
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..45da55fb578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latex2man/latex2man
@@ -0,0 +1,1817 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+# Project: 	Documentation Tools
+# Descr:	Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), HTML and TexInfo;
+# Language:	PERL (>= 5.0)
+# Author:	Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+# $Id: latex2man,v 1.151 2008/11/11 07:21:14 vollmer Exp $
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Dr. Juergen Vollmer
+#                    Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany
+#                    Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+# License:
+#   This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+#   of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+#   archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+#   version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+#
+# If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
+
+require 5.0004_03;
+
+use Getopt::Std;
+
+# use strict 'vars';
+
+$CMD=`basename $0`; chop ($CMD);
+$gen_date = `date`; chomp $gen_date;       # date when the output was generated
+
+sub date2str;
+$VERSION = "1.23";
+$DATE    = date2str ('$Date: 2008/11/11 07:21:14 $' =~ m|(\d+/\d+/\d+)|);
+
+$tmp = "/tmp/$CMD.$$";
+
+##################################################################
+# check option and arguments
+##################################################################
+
+getopts('o:t:VhMHTLC:D:a:'); # -D1: write each read line -D2: write each word
+
+sub usage
+{
+print <<'END';
+usage: latex2man [-t transfile]  [-HTML] [-C name] [-h] [-V] infile outfile.
+  A tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with LaTeX into a format
+  understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+  Reads infile, writes outfile.
+
+  -t transfile:  Translation for user defined LaTeX macros.
+  -M:            Produce output suitable for the man(1) command (default).
+  -H:            Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+                 HTML code is produced (despite of the name of the command).
+  -T:            Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+		 TEXINFO code is produced (despite of the name of the command).
+  -L:            Output the LaTeX source. Useful in conjunctin with the -C
+                 option.
+  -C name:       Enable conditional text \`name\'.
+                 To enable more than one conditional name use quotes:
+                 -C 'name1 name2 ...'
+                 The following names are defined automatically:
+		    -H defines  HTML
+                    -T defines  TEXI
+		    -M defines  MAN
+		    -L defines  LATEX
+  -a char:       Is used only in conjunction with -T.
+	         Background:
+		   TEXINFO ignores all blanks before the first word on a
+                   new line. In order to produce some additional space before
+	           that word (using \SP) some character has to be printed
+		   before the additional space. By default this is a . (dot).
+		 The \`char' specifies an alternative for that first character.
+                 Giving a blank (-a" ") supresses the indentation of a line.
+                 Note: only for the first \SP of a series that char is printed.
+  -h:            Help.
+  -V:            Version.
+
+  Copyright (C) 1998 Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Viktoriastr. 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe
+  email: Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+  License:
+    This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+    of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+    archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+    version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+
+  If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from the place
+  where you are living.
+END
+    print "  Version $VERSION, $DATE.\n";
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+($opt_h)     && usage;
+($opt_V)     && print "Version: $VERSION, $DATE\n";
+
+# check command line arguments
+$opt_cnt = 0;
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_H);
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_T);
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_M);
+$opt_cnt++ if ($opt_L);
+if ($opt_cnt == 0) {
+    # if no option -H, -T, -M, -L is given, -M is the default
+    $opt_M = 1;
+}
+die "$CMD: you may give only one of the -H -T -M -L options\n" if ($opt_cnt > 1);
+
+(@ARGV == 2) || die "$CMD: Expected two arguments: infile outfile. Try \`$CMD -h'.\n";
+
+my %cond_name;
+if ($opt_C) {
+    my $name;
+    foreach $name ((split (/\s/, $opt_C))) {
+	$cond_name{$name} = 1;
+    }
+}
+$cond_name{MAN}   = 1 if ($opt_M);
+$cond_name{HTML}  = 1 if ($opt_H);
+$cond_name{TEXI}  = 1 if ($opt_T);
+$cond_name{LATEX} = 1 if ($opt_L);
+
+
+$SrcFile  = $ARGV[0];
+$DestFile = $ARGV[1];
+open (SRC,  "<$SrcFile")  || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$SrcFile' for reading.\n";
+if ($opt_H || $opt_T) {
+    # DestFile will be written in the postprocess
+    open (DEST, ">$tmp")      || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$tmp' for writing.\n";
+} else {
+    open (DEST, ">$DestFile") || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$DestFile' for writing.\n";
+}
+
+########################################################################
+
+# global variables
+
+# $Prefix is used to construct procedure and variable names
+if ($opt_M) {
+    $Prefix  = "man";
+}
+if ($opt_H) {
+    $Prefix  = "html";
+}
+if ($opt_T) {
+    $Prefix  = "texi";
+}
+
+$texiCenterLine = 0; # true, only in TEXI-mode  if a line must be centered
+$paragraph    = 0; # true, if the last output was a paragraph marker
+$newline      = 0; # true, if the last output was a newline char
+
+$first_word   = 1; # true, if the next word to be processed is the first
+                   #       of a new paragraph or after a line break.
+
+# handling of itemize/enumerate/description environments:
+$list_nest    = 0; # counts nesting of itemize/enumerate/description envrionments
+$cur_list[0]  = "";# array, indexed with list_nest, indicates kind of list:
+                   # values are:  'enum' / 'descr' / 'item'
+$item_nr[0]   = 0; # array, indexed with list_nest, counts the number of \item in the
+                   # list
+$manRS        = 0; # true, if for Man a .RS was given after a \item
+
+$inside_verb  = 0;  # true, if inside a verbatim environment
+$inside_table = 0; # true, if inside a table environment
+$first_column = 0; # true, if this is the first column in a table row
+$columns      = 0; # nr of columns in the current table
+$enum_nr      = 0; # current number of an enumeration
+$nesting      = 0; # count recursive calls of interpret_word
+$section_cnt  = 0; # Index into $sections
+#$sections[0]      # Array of all sections
+#$section_kind     # Array of section kind (subsection/section)
+
+# translation of LaTeX macros without, with one and with two arguments
+$Macro   = \%{$Prefix . "Macro"};
+$Macro1a = \%{$Prefix . "Macro1a"};
+$Macro1b = \%{$Prefix . "Macro1b"};
+$Macro2a = \%{$Prefix . "Macro2a"};
+$Macro2b = \%{$Prefix . "Macro2b"};
+$Macro2c = \%{$Prefix . "Macro2c"};
+
+# translations of special characters
+$LetterCode = \%{$Prefix . "LetterCode"};
+
+########################################################################
+
+sub interpret_word;
+sub interpret_line;
+sub Print;
+sub PrintM;
+sub NL;
+
+########################################################################
+# Translation for LaTeX macros for MAN
+
+# translation of special characters
+$manLetterCode{'ä'} = 'ä';
+$manLetterCode{'ö'} = 'ö';
+$manLetterCode{'ü'} = 'ü';
+$manLetterCode{'Ä'} = 'Ä';
+$manLetterCode{'Ö'} = 'Ö';
+$manLetterCode{'Ü'} = 'Ü';
+$manLetterCode{'ß'} = 'ß';
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$manMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$manMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';     # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                       # section name (which are transposed
+				       # into uppercase
+$manMacro{'itemsep'}    = ' ';
+
+# some math
+$manMacro{'rightarrow'} = '-->';
+$manMacro{'Rightarrow'} = '==>';
+$manMacro{'leftarrow'}  = '<--';
+$manMacro{'Leftarrow'}  = '<==';
+$manMacro{'ge'}         = '>=';
+$manMacro{'le'}         = '<=';
+
+$manMacro{'Dollar'}     = '$';
+$manMacro{'Bar'} 	= '|';
+$manMacro{'Bs'} 	= '\\\\';
+$manMacro{'Tilde'} 	= '~';
+$manMacro{'hline'} 	= '\n_';
+$manMacro{'noindent'} 	= '';
+$manMacro{'copyright'} 	= '(C)';
+$manMacro{'Dots'} 	= '\&...\n';
+$manMacro{'Circum'} 	= '^';
+$manMacro{'Lbr'} 	= '[';
+$manMacro{'Rbr'} 	= ']';
+$manMacro{'LBr'} 	= '{';
+$manMacro{'RBr'} 	= '}';
+$manMacro{'Percent'} 	= '%';
+$manMacro{'Bullet'}     = '*';
+$manMacro{'TEXbr'}	= '';
+$manMacro{'MANbr'}	= '\n.br\n';
+$manMacro{'TEXIbr'}	= '';
+$manMacro{'HTMLbr'}	= '';
+$manMacro{'medskip'}	= '\n';
+$manMacro{'SP'}         = '\fB \fP';  # hack hack this works even on
+				      # the beginning of a line
+$manMacro{'SPfirst'}    = $manMacro{'SP'};
+
+$manMacro{'~'}		= ' ';
+$manMacro{'|'}		= '|';
+$manMacro{'<'}		= '<';
+$manMacro{'>'}		= '>';
+$manMacro{'<='}		= '<=';
+$manMacro{'>='}		= '>=';
+$manMacro{'='}		= '=';
+$manMacro{'<>'}		= '<>';
+$manMacro{'{'}		= '{';
+$manMacro{'}'}		= '}';
+$manMacro{'_'}		= '_';
+$manMacro{'$'}		= '$';
+$manMacro{'#'}		= '#';
+$manMacro{'&'}		= '&';
+$manMacro{'%'}		= '%';
+$manMacro{'-'}		= '';
+$manMacro{','}		= ' ';
+
+$manMacro{'\\'}		= '\n.br';	# line break
+$manMacro{'\\Tab'}	= '\nT}';       # end of column in a table environment
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$manMacro1a{'emph'} 	 	= '\fI';
+	$manMacro1b{'emph'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'textbf'} 	 	= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'textbf'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'texttt'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'texttt'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'verb'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'verb'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'underline'} 	= '\n.ul\n';
+	$manMacro1b{'underline'}= '\n';
+$manMacro1a{'section'}   	= '\n.SH ';
+	$manMacro1b{'section'}  = '\n';
+$manMacro1a{'subsection'}	= '\n.SS ';
+	$manMacro1b{'subsection'} = '';
+$manMacro1a{'subsubsection'}	= '\n.SS ';
+	$manMacro1b{'subsubsection'} = '';
+
+$manMacro1a{'Prog'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'Prog'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'File'} 	 	= '';
+	$manMacro1b{'File'} 	= '';
+$manMacro1a{'Opt'} 	 	= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'Opt'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'oOpt'} 	 	= '[\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'oOpt'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro1a{'Arg'} 	 	= '\fI';
+	$manMacro1b{'Arg'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'oArg'} 	 	= '[\fI';
+	$manMacro1b{'oArg'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro1a{'Email'}		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'Email'}	= '\fP';
+$manMacro1a{'URL'}		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro1b{'URL'}	= '\fP';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$manMacro2a{'Cmd'} 		= '\fI';
+	$manMacro2b{'Cmd'} 	= '\fP(';
+	$manMacro2c{'Cmd'} 	= ')';
+$manMacro2a{'OptArg'} 		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'OptArg'} 	= '\fP\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'OptArg'} 	= '\fP';
+$manMacro2a{'OptoArg'} 		= '\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'OptoArg'} 	= '\fP[\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'OptoArg'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro2a{'oOptArg'} 		= '[\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'oOptArg'} 	= '\fP\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'oOptArg'} 	= '\fP]';
+$manMacro2a{'oOptoArg'} 	= '[\fB';
+	$manMacro2b{'oOptoArg'}	= '\fP[\fI';
+	$manMacro2c{'oOptoArg'}	= '\fP]]';
+$manMacro2a{'setlength'}	= '';
+	$manMacro2b{'setlength'}= '';
+	$manMacro2c{'setlength'}= '';
+
+########################################################################
+# Translation for LaTeX macros for HTML
+
+# translation of special characters
+$htmlLetterCode{'ä'} = '&auml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'ö'} = '&ouml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'ü'} = '&uuml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'Ä'} = '&Auml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'Ö'} = '&Ouml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'Ü'} = '&Uuml;';
+$htmlLetterCode{'ß'} = '&szlig;';
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$htmlMacro{'LaTeX'} 	= 'LaTeX';
+$htmlMacro{'LATEX'} 	= 'LaTeX';     # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                       # section name (which are transposed
+				       # into uppercase
+$htmlMacro{'itemsep'}   = '';
+
+# some math
+$htmlMacro{'rightarrow'} = '--&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'Rightarrow'} = '==&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'leftarrow'}  = '&lt;--';
+$htmlMacro{'Leftarrow'}  = '&lt;==';
+$htmlMacro{'ge'}         = '&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'le'}         = '&lt;=';
+
+$htmlMacro{'Dollar'}    = '$';
+$htmlMacro{'Bar'} 	= '|';
+$htmlMacro{'Bs'} 	= '\\';
+$htmlMacro{'Tilde'} 	= '~';
+$htmlMacro{'hline'} 	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'noindent'} 	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'copyright'} = '&copy;';
+$htmlMacro{'Dots'} 	= '...';
+$htmlMacro{'Circum'} 	= '^';
+$htmlMacro{'Lbr'} 	= '[';
+$htmlMacro{'Rbr'} 	= ']';
+$htmlMacro{'LBr'} 	= '{';
+$htmlMacro{'RBr'} 	= '}';
+$htmlMacro{'Percent'} 	= '%';
+$htmlMacro{'Bullet'}    = '*';
+$htmlMacro{'TEXbr'}	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'MANbr'}	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'TEXIbr'}	= '';
+$htmlMacro{'HTMLbr'}	= '<br>\n';
+$htmlMacro{'medskip'}	= '<br>\n';
+$htmlMacro{'SP'}	= '&nbsp;&nbsp;';
+$htmlMacro{'SPfirst'}    = $htmlMacro{'SP'};
+
+$htmlMacro{'~'}		= '&nbsp;';
+$htmlMacro{'|'}		= '|';
+$htmlMacro{'<'}		= '&lt;';
+$htmlMacro{'>'}		= '&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'<='}	= '&lt;=';
+$htmlMacro{'>='}	= '&gt;=';
+$htmlMacro{'='}		= '=';
+$htmlMacro{'<>'}	= '&lt;&gt;';
+$htmlMacro{'{'}		= '{';
+$htmlMacro{'}'}		= '}';
+$htmlMacro{'_'}		= '_';
+$htmlMacro{'$'}		= '$';
+$htmlMacro{'#'}		= '#';
+$htmlMacro{'&'}		= '&amp;';
+$htmlMacro{'%'}		= '%';
+$htmlMacro{'-'}		= '';
+$htmlMacro{','}		= ' ';
+
+$htmlMacro{'\\'}	= '<br>\n';		# line break
+$htmlMacro{'\\Tab'}	= '</td>\n</tr>\n';	# end of column in a table environment
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$htmlMacro1a{'emph'} 		= '<em>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'emph'} 	= '</em>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'textbf'} 		= '<strong>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'textbf'} 	= '</strong>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'texttt'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'texttt'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'verb'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'verb'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'underline'} 	= '<u>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'underline'}  = '</u>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'section'}   	= '\n<h2>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'section'} = '</h2>\n';
+$htmlMacro1a{'subsection'}	= '\n<h4>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'subsection'} = '</h4>\n';
+$htmlMacro1a{'subsubsection'}	= '\n<h5>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'subsubsection'} = '</h5>\n';
+$htmlMacro1a{'Email'}		= '\n<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Email'}	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'URL'}		= '\n<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'URL'}	= '</tt>';
+
+$htmlMacro1a{'Prog'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Prog'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'File'} 		= '<tt>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'File'} 	= '</tt>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'Opt'} 		= '<b>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Opt'} 	= '</b>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'oOpt'} 		= '[<b>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'oOpt'} 	= '</b>]';
+$htmlMacro1a{'Arg'} 		= '<i>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'Arg'} 	= '</i>';
+$htmlMacro1a{'oArg'} 		= '[<i>';
+	$htmlMacro1b{'oArg'}    = '</i>]';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$htmlMacro2a{'Cmd'} 		  = '<em>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'Cmd'} 	  = '</em>(';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'Cmd'} 	  = ')';
+$htmlMacro2a{'OptArg'} 		  = '<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'OptArg'} 	  = '</b><i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'OptArg'} 	  = '</i>';
+$htmlMacro2a{'OptoArg'} 	  = '<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'OptoArg'}	  = '</b>[<i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'OptoArg'}	  = '</i>]';
+$htmlMacro2a{'oOptArg'} 	  = '[<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'oOptArg'}   = '</b><i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'oOptArg'}   = '</i>]';
+$htmlMacro2a{'oOptoArg'} 	  = '[<b>';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'oOptoArg'}  = '</b>[<i>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'oOptoArg'}  = '</i>]]';
+$htmlMacro2a{'setlength'}	  = '';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'setlength'} = '';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'setlength'} = '';
+
+# we handle sections in HTML as having two arguments, 1. the number, 2. the name
+$htmlMacro2a{'section'}   	   = '\n<h2><a name="section_';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'section'}    = '">';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'section'}    = '</a></h2>\n';
+$htmlMacro2a{'subsection'}   	   = '\n<h4><a name="section_';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'subsection'} = '">';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'subsection'} = '</a></h4>\n';
+$htmlMacro2a{'subsubsection'}         = '\n<h5><a name="section_';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'subsubsection'} = '">';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'subsubsection'} = '</a></h5>\n';
+
+# we handle Email and URL special in HTML, the LaTeX argument is doubled.
+$htmlMacro2a{'Email'}		= '<a href ="mailto:';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'Email'}	= '"><tt>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'Email'}	= '</tt></a>';
+$htmlMacro2a{'URL'}		= '<a href ="';
+	$htmlMacro2b{'URL'}	= '"><tt>';
+	$htmlMacro2c{'URL'}	= '</tt></a>';
+
+########################################################################
+# Translation for LaTeX macros for TexInfo
+
+# translation of special characters
+$texiLetterCode{'ä'} = '@"a';
+$texiLetterCode{'ö'} = '@"o';
+$texiLetterCode{'ü'} = '@"u';
+$texiLetterCode{'Ä'} = '@"A';
+$texiLetterCode{'Ö'} = '@"O';
+$texiLetterCode{'Ü'} = '@"U';
+$texiLetterCode{'ß'} = '@ss{}';
+
+# LaTeX macros without arguments
+$texiMacro{'LaTeX'} 	 = 'LaTeX';
+$texiMacro{'LATEX'} 	 = 'LaTeX';    # needed, since \LaTeX is contained in a
+                                       # section name (which are transposed
+				       # into uppercase
+$texiMacro{'itemsep'}    = '';
+
+# some math
+$texiMacro{'rightarrow'} = '-->';
+$texiMacro{'Rightarrow'} = '==>';
+$texiMacro{'leftarrow'}  = '<--';
+$texiMacro{'Leftarrow'}  = '<==';
+$texiMacro{'ge'}         = '>=';
+$texiMacro{'le'}         = '<=';
+
+$texiMacro{'Dollar'}    = '$';
+$texiMacro{'Bar'} 	= '|';
+$texiMacro{'Bs'} 	= '\\';
+$texiMacro{'Tilde'} 	= '~';
+$texiMacro{'hline'} 	= '';
+$texiMacro{'noindent'} 	= '\n@noindent\n';
+$texiMacro{'copyright'} = '@copyright{}';
+$texiMacro{'Dots'} 	= '...';
+$texiMacro{'Circum'} 	= '^';
+$texiMacro{'Lbr'} 	= '[';
+$texiMacro{'Rbr'} 	= ']';
+$texiMacro{'LBr'} 	= '@{';
+$texiMacro{'RBr'} 	= '@}';
+$texiMacro{'Percent'} 	= '%';
+$texiMacro{'Bullet'}    = '*';
+$texiMacro{'TEXbr'}	= '';
+$texiMacro{'MANbr'}	= '';
+$texiMacro{'TEXIbr'}	= '@*\n';
+$texiMacro{'HTMLbr'}	= '';
+$texiMacro{'medskip'}	= '@sp 2\n';
+$texiMacro{'SP'}	= '@ @ ';
+
+if ($opt_a) {
+  $texiMacro{'SPfirst'} = $opt_a . '@ ';
+ } else {
+  $texiMacro{'SPfirst'} = '.@ ';
+}
+
+$texiMacro{'~'}		= ' ';
+$texiMacro{'|'}		= '|';
+$texiMacro{'<'}		= '<';
+$texiMacro{'>'}		= '>';
+$texiMacro{'<='}	= '<=';
+$texiMacro{'>='}	= '>=';
+$texiMacro{'='}		= '=';
+$texiMacro{'<>'}	= '<>';
+$texiMacro{'{'}		= '@{';
+$texiMacro{'}'}		= '@}';
+$texiMacro{'_'}		= '_';
+$texiMacro{'$'}		= '$';
+$texiMacro{'#'}		= '#';
+$texiMacro{'&'}		= '&';
+$texiMacro{'%'}		= '%';
+$texiMacro{'-'}		= '@-';
+$texiMacro{','}		= ' ';
+
+$texiMacro{'\\'}	= '@*\n';	# line break
+$texiMacro{'\\Tab'}	= '\n';		# end of column in a table environment
+
+# LaTeX macros with one argument
+$texiMacro1a{'emph'} 		= '@emph{';	$texiMacro1b{'emph'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'textbf'} 		= '@strong{';	$texiMacro1b{'textbf'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'texttt'} 		= '@t{';	$texiMacro1b{'texttt'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'verb'} 		= '@t{';	$texiMacro1b{'verb'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'underline'} 	= '';		$texiMacro1b{'underline'}  = '';
+$texiMacro1a{'section'}   	= '\n@section ';    $texiMacro1b{'section'}    = '\n';
+$texiMacro1a{'subsection'}	= '\n@subsection '; $texiMacro1b{'subsection'} = '\n';
+$texiMacro1a{'subsubsection'}	= '\n@subsubsection '; $texiMacro1b{'subsubsection'} = '\n';
+
+$texiMacro1a{'Prog'} 		= '';		$texiMacro1b{'Prog'} 	   = '';
+$texiMacro1a{'File'} 		= '@file{';	$texiMacro1b{'File'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'Opt'} 		= '';		$texiMacro1b{'Opt'} 	   = '';
+$texiMacro1a{'oOpt'} 		= '[ ';		$texiMacro1b{'oOpt'} 	   = ' ]';
+$texiMacro1a{'Arg'} 		= '@var{';	$texiMacro1b{'Arg'} 	   = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'oArg'} 		= '[ @var{';	$texiMacro1b{'oArg'} 	   = '} ]';
+$texiMacro1a{'Email'}		= '@email{';    $texiMacro1b{'Email'}	  = '}';
+$texiMacro1a{'URL'}		= '@url{';      $texiMacro1b{'URL'}	  = '}';
+
+# LaTeX macros with two arguments
+$texiMacro2a{'Cmd'} 		  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'Cmd'} 	  = '(';
+	$texiMacro2c{'Cmd'} 	  = ')';
+$texiMacro2a{'OptArg'} 		  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'OptArg'} 	  = '@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'OptArg'} 	  = '}';
+$texiMacro2a{'OptoArg'} 	  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'OptoArg'}   = '[@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'OptoArg'}   = '}]';
+$texiMacro2a{'oOptArg'} 	  = '[ ';
+	$texiMacro2b{'oOptArg'}   = '@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'oOptArg'}   = '} ]';
+$texiMacro2a{'oOptoArg'} 	  = '[ ';
+	$texiMacro2b{'oOptoArg'}  = '[@var{';
+	$texiMacro2c{'oOptoArg'}  = '}] ]';
+$texiMacro2a{'setlength'}	  = '';
+	$texiMacro2b{'setlength'} = '';
+	$texiMacro2c{'setlength'} = '';
+
+########################################################################
+# reading of translations for user macros
+
+if ($opt_t) {
+    do $opt_t;
+}
+
+########################################################################
+# processing for MAN
+
+sub manStart
+{
+    printf DEST "\'\\\" t\n";   # process with tbl
+    printf DEST ".\\\" Manual page created with $CMD on $gen_date\n";
+    printf DEST ".\\\" NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.\n";
+
+    # Definitionen von Verbatimbegin and Verbatimend
+    Print ".de Vb\n.ft CW\n.nf\n..\n.de Ve\n.ft R\n\n.fi\n..\n";
+
+    Print ".TH \"$Name\" \"$chapter\" \"". $date ."\" \"";
+    interpret_word "$tool";
+    Print "\" \""; interpret_word "$tool"; Print "\""; NL;
+    # thanks to Andrew Anderson <aja@emulab.ee.mu.oz.au>
+}
+sub manEnd
+{
+    NL; printf DEST ".\\\" NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.\n";
+}
+sub manSection
+{
+    my ($cnt, $kind, $section) = @_;
+    if ($kind ne "subsubsection"){
+       $section = uc $section;
+    }
+    interpret_line "\\$kind\{$section\}";
+}
+sub manParagraph
+{
+    if (!$paragraph) {
+	if ($manRS == 0 && $list_nest > 1) {
+	    Print '\n.RS';
+	    $manRS = 1;
+	}
+	Print '\n.PP\n';
+	$paragraph  = 1;
+    }
+}
+sub manVerb
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    if ($arg =~ /^\./) { print DEST '\\&' };
+    Print $arg
+}
+sub manItemWithArg
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    if ($manRS == 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    $manRS      = 0;
+    Print '\n.TP\n';
+    interpret_word $arg;
+    PrintM ' ';
+    NL;
+}
+sub manItem
+{
+    if ($manRS == 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    $manRS      = 0;
+    Print '\n.TP\n';
+    if ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'item') {
+	Print '.B *';
+    } elsif ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'enum') {
+	Print $item_nr[$list_nest] . '.';
+    }
+    NL;
+}
+sub manDescriptionStart
+{
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RS\n';
+    }
+}
+sub manDescriptionEnd
+{
+    if ($manRS) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+	$manRS == 0;
+    }
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    manParagraph;
+}
+sub manItemStart
+{
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RS\n';
+    }
+}
+sub manItemEnd
+{
+    if ($manRS) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+	$manRS == 0;
+    }
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    manParagraph;
+}
+sub manEnumEnd
+{
+    if ($manRS) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+	$manRS == 0;
+    }
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RE\n';
+    }
+    manParagraph;
+}
+
+sub manEnumStart
+{
+    if ($list_nest > 1) {
+	Print '\n.RS\n';
+    }
+}
+sub manCenterStart
+{
+    PrintM '\n.ce 100\n';
+}
+sub manCenterEnd
+{
+    PrintM '\n.ce 0\n';
+}
+sub manNameStart
+{
+    interpret_line "\\section\{NAME\}$rest";
+}
+sub manNameEnd
+{
+    # nothing
+}
+sub manTableStart
+{
+    my $columns = $_[0];
+    my $width   = $_[1];
+    my $i;
+    manParagraph;
+    Print '.TS\n';
+    Print 'tab(&);\n';
+    for ($i = 1; $i <= $columns; $i++) {
+	Print " l";
+    }
+    Print "w($width)" if ($width);
+    Print '.\n';
+}
+sub manTableSep
+{
+    Print '\nT}&T{\n';
+}
+sub manTableEnd
+{
+    Print '\n.TE\n';
+    manParagraph;
+}
+
+sub manVerbatimStart
+{
+    Print '\n.Vb\n';
+}
+
+sub manVerbatimEnd
+{
+    Print '.Ve\n';
+}
+
+sub manVerbatimLine
+{
+  s/\\/\\\\/g;
+  s/-/\\-/g;
+  print DEST "$_";
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+# processing for HTML
+
+sub htmlStart
+{
+    Print "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN\">"; 	NL;
+    Print "<!-- Manual page created with $CMD on $gen_date --"; 	NL;
+    Print "  -- Author of $CMD: Juergen.Vollmer\@informatik-vollmer.de --";NL;
+    Print "  -- NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT. -->"; 	NL;
+    Print "<html>";							NL;
+    Print "<head><title>$Name</title></head>"; 				NL;
+    Print "<body bgcolor=\"white\">"; 					NL;
+    Print "<h1 align=center>";						NL;
+    interpret_line $title;
+    Print "</h1>"; 							NL;
+    Print "<h4 align=center>"; interpret_word $author; Print "</h4>"; 	NL;
+    Print "<h4 align=center>$date</h4>"; 				NL;
+    Print "<h4 align=center>Version $version</h4>"; 			NL;
+}
+sub htmlEnd
+{
+    Print "</body>"; 						 NL;
+    Print "</html>"; 						 NL;
+    Print "<!-- NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT. -->"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlSection
+{
+    my ($cnt, $kind, $section) = @_;
+    interpret_line "\\$kind\{$cnt\}\{$section\}";
+}
+sub htmlCenterStart
+{
+    Print '\n<div align=center>\n';
+}
+sub htmlCenterEnd
+{
+    Print '\n</div>\n';
+}
+sub htmlNameStart
+{
+    # nothing
+}
+sub htmlNameEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TOC@@\n';
+}
+sub htmlParagraph
+{
+    if (!$paragraph) {
+	NL; Print "<p>"; NL;
+	$paragraph = 1;
+    }
+}
+sub htmlVerb
+{
+    $arg = $_[0];
+    $arg =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
+    $arg =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
+    $arg =~ s/</&lt;/g;
+    Print $arg;
+}
+sub htmlItemWithArg
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    NL;
+    if ($item_nr[$list_nest] > 1) {
+	NL; Print "</dd>"; NL;
+    }
+    Print "<dt>";
+    interpret_word $arg; Print "</dt>"; NL;
+    Print "<dd>";
+}
+sub htmlItem
+{
+    if ($item_nr[$list_nest] > 1) {
+	Print '</li>\n';
+    }
+    if ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'item') {
+	Print '<li>';
+    } elsif ($cur_list[$list_nest] eq 'enum') {
+	Print '<li value =' . $item_nr[$list_nest] .'>';
+    }
+}
+sub htmlDescriptionStart
+{
+    NL; Print "<dl compact>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlDescriptionEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</dd>\n</dl>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlItemStart
+{
+    NL; Print "<ul compact>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlItemEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</li>\n</ul>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlEnumStart
+{
+    NL; Print "<ol compact>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlEnumEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</li>\n</ol>"; NL;
+}
+sub htmlTableStart
+{
+    my $columns = $_[0];
+    my $width   = $_[1];
+    NL; Print "<table>"; NL:
+}
+sub htmlTableSep
+{
+    if ($first_column == 0) {
+	Print '</td>\n';
+    }
+    Print '<td>';
+}
+sub htmlTableEnd
+{
+    NL; Print "</table>"; NL;
+}
+
+sub htmlVerbatimStart
+{
+    NL; Print '<pre>'; NL;
+}
+
+sub htmlVerbatimEnd
+{
+    Print '</pre>'; NL;
+}
+
+sub htmlVerbatimLine
+{
+  s/&/&amp;/g;
+  s/</&lt;/g;
+  s/>/&gt;/g;
+  print DEST "$_";
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+# processing for TexInfo
+
+sub texiStart
+{
+    Print '\input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-'; 			NL;
+    Print '@c %**start of header';				NL;
+    Print '@setfilename ' . "$name.info";			NL;
+    Print '@settitle ' . "$name";				NL;
+    Print '@c %**end of header';				NL;
+    Print '@c Manual page created with' ." $CMD on $gen_date>";	NL;
+    Print '@c NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.'; 	NL;
+}
+sub texiEnd
+{
+    Print '@bye'; 						NL;
+    Print '@c NOTE: This file is generated, DO NOT EDIT.'; 	NL;
+}
+sub texiSection
+{
+    my ($cnt, $kind, $section) = @_;
+    if (uc $sections[$cnt-1] eq "SYNOPSIS") {
+	Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TOC@@\n';
+	$sections[$cnt-1] = "Top";   # The predecessor node is Top and not SYNOPSIS
+    }
+    if (uc $sections[$cnt] eq "SYNOPSIS") {
+	$cnt == 1 ||
+	    die "$CMD: The Synopsis section must be the first section after\n" .
+		"\t the Name environment\n";
+    } else {
+	Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TEXI-SEC@@' . " $kind $cnt" . '\n';
+    }
+    interpret_line "\\$kind\{$section\}";
+}
+sub texiNameStart
+{
+    my ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool) = @_;
+    $sections[0] = "Top";
+    # Print '@dircategory ' .$tool;				NL;
+    Print '@dircategory Man-pages';				NL;
+    Print '@direntry';						NL;
+    Print "* " . (ucfirst $name) . ": ($name). Its Man-Page ";	NL;
+    Print '@end direntry';					NL;
+    Print '@titlepage';						NL;
+    Print '@title ' . "$name";					NL;
+    Print '@subtitle ' . "$tool";				NL;
+    Print '@author ' . "$author";				NL;
+    Print '@end titlepage';					NL;
+    Print '\n@@INSERTION-POINT@@-TEXI-TOP@@';			NL;
+    Print '@top ' . "$name";					NL;
+}
+sub texiNameEnd
+{
+    # nothing
+}
+sub texiParagraph
+{
+    if (!$paragraph) {
+	NL; print DEST "\n";
+	$paragraph = 1;
+    }
+}
+sub texiVerb
+{
+    $arg = $_[0];
+    $arg =~ s/({|})/\@$1/g;
+    Print $arg;
+}
+sub texiItemWithArg
+{
+    my $arg = $_[0];
+    Print '\n@item ';
+    interpret_word $arg;
+    NL;
+}
+sub texiItem
+{
+    Print '\n@item\n';
+}
+sub texiDescriptionStart
+{
+    Print '\n@table @samp\n';
+}
+sub texiDescriptionEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end table\n';
+}
+sub texiItemStart
+{
+    Print '\n@itemize @bullet\n';
+}
+sub texiItemEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end itemize\n';
+}
+sub texiCenterStart
+{
+    $texiCenterLine      = 1;
+    $newline             = 0;
+    $texiMacro{'\\'}     = '@*'; # line break
+    $texiMacro{'TEXIbr'} = '@*';
+    NL;
+}
+sub texiCenterEnd
+{
+    $texiCenterLine      = 0;
+    $newline             = 0;
+    $texiMacro{'\\'}     = '@*\n';	# line break
+    $texiMacro{'TEXIbr'} = '@*\n';
+    NL;
+}
+
+sub texiEnumStart
+{
+    Print '\n@enumerate\n';
+}
+sub texiEnumEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end enumerate\n';
+}
+sub texiTableStart
+{
+    my $columns = $_[0];
+    my $width   = $_[1];
+    my $i;
+    Print '\n@multitable @columnfractions ';
+    for ($i = 1; $i <= $columns; $i++) {
+	Print " " .0.9/$columns ;
+    }
+    Print '\n';
+}
+sub texiTableSep
+{
+    Print '@tab ';
+}
+sub texiTableEnd
+{
+    Print '\n@end multitable\n';
+}
+
+sub texiVerbatimStart
+{
+    NL;
+    Print '@*'; NL
+}
+
+sub texiVerbatimEnd
+{
+    NL;
+}
+
+sub texiVerbatimLine
+{
+    s/({|}|@| )/@\1/g;
+    chop;
+    print DEST ".$_\@*\n";
+}
+
+###########################################################################
+###########################################################################
+# general processing
+
+# emit an error message is the given macro does not exists.
+sub check_Macro
+{
+    exists $Macro->{$_[0]} ||
+	die "Error in line $.: no such macro: \\$_[0]\n";
+}
+sub check_Macro1
+{
+    (exists $Macro1a->{$_[0]} && exists $Macro1b->{$_[0]}) ||
+	die "$CMD: Error in line $.: no such macro: \\$_[0]\n";
+}
+sub check_Macro2
+{
+    (exists $Macro2a->{$_[0]} && exists $Macro2b->{$_[0]} && exists $Macro2c->{$_[0]}) ||
+	die "$CMD: Error in line $.: no such macro: \\$_[0]\n";
+}
+
+sub NL
+{
+    if (!$newline) {
+	printf DEST "\n";
+	if ($texiCenterLine) {
+	    print DEST "\@center ";
+	}
+	$newline = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+sub interpret_word
+{
+  if (@_ <= 0) {
+	return;
+  }
+  $_ = join " ", @_;
+  my ($s,$m,$a1,$a2,$r); # start, match/macro, argument1, argument2
+  my $add_blank = 1;  # if true, add a blank after the word
+  if ($opt_D == 2) {
+      if ($nesting == 0) {
+	  print "**** ";
+      } else {
+	  print "     ";
+      }
+      print "\`$_'\n";
+  }
+
+  if ($opt_H) {
+      # handling of HTML table rows
+      if ($inside_table == 1) {
+	  if ($first_column == 1) {
+	      if (/^$/) {
+		  return;
+	      }
+	      if (/^\\hline/) {
+		  Print '\n<tr><td colspan=' . $columns . '><hr></td></tr>\n';
+	      }
+	      Print '\n<tr>\n<td>';
+	  }
+	  $first_column = 0;
+      }
+  } elsif ($opt_M) {
+      # handling of troff table rows
+      if ($inside_table == 1) {
+	  if ($first_column == 1) {
+	      if (/^$/) {
+		  return;
+	      }
+	      Print 'T{\n';
+	  }
+	  $first_column = 0;
+      }
+  } elsif ($opt_T) {
+      # handling of TexInfo specific stuff
+      if ($nesting == 0) {
+	  s'@'@@'g;
+      }
+      if ($inside_table == 1) {
+	  if ($first_column == 1) {
+	      Print '\n@item ';
+	  }
+	  $first_column = 0;
+      }
+  }
+
+  $nesting ++;
+
+  SWITCH: {
+      /^$/                           && do {$add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\verb\+([^+]*)\+/            && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro1a->{'verb'};
+					    &{$Prefix . "Verb"} ($m);
+					    PrintM $Macro1b->{'verb'};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+     /\\(".|ss)/                     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$'; #"
+					    interpret_word $s;
+                                            check_Macro $m;
+                                            PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+                                            last SWITCH;
+                                        };
+     /\\item\s*\[([^]]*)\]/          && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+                                            $item_nr[$list_nest] ++;
+					    &{$Prefix . "ItemWithArg"} ($m);
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\item\s*/                    && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+                                            $item_nr[$list_nest] ++;
+					    &{$Prefix . "Item"};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # LaTeX macros with two arguments
+       /\\([a-zA-Z]+){([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}/
+ 				     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$a1=$2;$a2=$3;$r=$';
+                                            check_Macro2 $m;
+                                            interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro2a->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro2b->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a2;
+					    PrintM $Macro2c->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    NL;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # Special Handling of Email and URL LaTeX macros with one argument
+       /\\(URL|Email){([^}]*)}/ && ($opt_H)
+ 				     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$a1=$2;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro2a->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro2b->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro2c->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    NL;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # LaTeX macros with one argument
+       /\\([a-zA-Z]+){([^}]*)}/      && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$a1=$2;$r=$';
+					    check_Macro1 $m;
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro1a->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $a1;
+					    PrintM $Macro1b->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    NL;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       # Special handling of some LaTeX macros without an argument
+       /\\SP\s*/                     && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    if ($first_word) {
+						PrintM $Macro->{"SPfirst"};
+				            } else {
+						PrintM $Macro->{"SP"};
+				            }
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    $add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+                                        };
+       /\\(MANbr|TEXIbr|HTMLbr)\s*/  && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    # set $first_word to true
+					    check_Macro $m;
+	   	                            interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    $first_word = 1;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    $add_blank  = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+       					};
+       # LaTeX macros without an argument:
+       /\\([a-zA-Z]+)\s*/            && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    check_Macro $m;
+	   	                            interpret_word $s;
+					    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    $add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+       					};
+       /\\({|}|\$|_|#|&|-|%|,|\.|;)/ && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+	                                    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      # LaTeX Math
+      /\$(<|>|<=|>=|=|<>)\$/         && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    PrintM $Macro->{$m};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\$([^\$]*)\$/                 && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    interpret_word $m;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /&/                            && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    &{$Prefix . "TableSep"};
+					    $first_column = 0;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /~/                            && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    PrintM $Macro->{'~'};
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\\\/                         && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    if ($inside_table) {
+						PrintM $Macro->{'\\Tab'};
+						$first_column = 1;
+						if (length ($r) > 0) {
+						    interpret_word $r;
+						}
+					    } else {
+						PrintM $Macro->{'\\'};
+						$first_word = 1;
+						interpret_word $r;
+					    }
+					    $add_blank = 0;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+       /\\$|\\ /                     && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+                                            # LaTeX explicit blank \ will be
+					    # represented as a single \ at
+					    # the end of the word
+					    interpret_word $s;
+	                                    Print " ";
+	                                    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      /\\/                           && do {$s=$`;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    interpret_word "\\$r";
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      ($opt_M == 1) && /((^\.|')+)/  && do {$s=$`;$m=$1;$r=$';
+					    interpret_word $s;
+					    print DEST "\\&$m";
+					    $newline = 0;
+					    interpret_word $r;
+					    last SWITCH;
+					};
+      Print "$_";
+  };
+  $nesting --;
+  Print " " if ($nesting == 0 && $add_blank);
+}
+
+sub interpret_line
+{
+    my $line  = $_[0]; chomp $line;
+    my @words = split(/\s+/,$line);
+    my $max   = $#words;
+    my $i;
+    my $join  = 0;   # true, if words must be joined
+    my $word  = "";  # the joined word
+    my $kind  = 0;   # 1: item[ .. ], 2: { .. }, 3: \verb+ .. +
+    if ($max < 0) {
+	# empty line marks a paragraph
+	&{$Prefix . "Paragraph"};
+	$first_word = 1;
+	return;
+    }
+    for ($i = 0; $i <= $max; $i++) {
+	$_ = $words[$i];
+	# printf "\`$words[$i]'";
+	if (/^[\s]*$/) { # skip leading blanks
+	    # nothing
+	} elsif ((!$join || ($kind != 3)) && /^%+/) { # skip comments
+	    last;
+        } else {
+	    # if blanks in a { .. }, \item[ .. ], \verb+ .. + then we have to joind words
+	    if ($join) {
+		# check whether this is the last word to be joined
+		if ($kind == 1) { # item
+		    $join = index ($_, "]") == -1;
+		} elsif ($kind == 2) { # braces
+		    my @x = $_ =~ /[^\\]}/g;
+		    $join = $#x == -1;
+		} elsif ($kind == 3) { # verb
+		    $join = index ($_, "+") == -1;
+		}
+	        $word .= " " . $words[$i];
+	        if (!$join) {
+		    interpret_word $word;
+		    $word = "";
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# check whether we have to join some words
+		if (/\\item/) {
+		    my $cnt1 = tr/[/[/;
+		    my $cnt2 = tr/]/]/;
+		    $join = $cnt1 != $cnt2 | $cnt1 == 0;
+		    $kind = 1;
+		} elsif (/\\verb/) {
+		    my $cnt = tr/+/+/;
+		    $join = $cnt % 2 != 0;
+		    $kind = 3;
+		} else {
+		    my @x = $_ =~ /[^\\]{/g;
+		    my @y = $_ =~ /[^\\]}/g;
+		    $join = $#x != $#y;
+		    $kind = 2;
+		}
+	        if ($join) {
+		    $word = $words[$i];
+		} else {
+		    interpret_word $words[$i];
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ($join) {
+	interpret_word $word;
+    }
+    NL;
+}
+
+sub PrintM
+# print only for Macro command text
+{
+    if (@_ <= 0 || length ($_[0]) == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    my $l = shift;
+    my $c;
+    $l =~ s/\\n/\n/g;
+    foreach $c (split ("", $l)) {
+	if ($c eq "\n") {
+	    NL;
+	    $newline = 0;
+	} else {
+	    print DEST "$c";
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+sub Print
+{
+
+    # printf "\`$_[0]'\n";
+    if (@_ <= 0 || length ($_[0]) == 0) {
+	return;
+    }
+    my $x = $_[0];
+
+    unless ($x =~ /^\s*$/) {
+	# if other chars than blanks are printed:
+	$first_word = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!$inside_verb) {
+	# transform special characters
+	$x =~ s/([äöüÄÖÜß])/$LetterCode->{"$1"}/go;
+    }
+
+    my @parts = split /\\n/, $x, -1;
+    # -1: trailing \n generates an empty list element
+    my $i;
+    for ($i = 0; $i <= $#parts; $i++) {
+	if ($newline) {
+	    # skip leading blanks after a newline
+	    $parts[$i] =~ s/^\s+//;
+        }
+	if (length($parts[$i]) > 0) {
+	    if ($opt_M) {
+	        $parts[$i] =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
+	        $parts[$i] =~ s/-/\\-/g;
+	    }
+	    printf DEST "%s", $parts[$i];
+	    $newline = 0;
+	}
+	if ($i < $#parts) {
+	    NL;
+	}
+    }
+    $paragraph = 0;
+}
+#########################################################################
+
+sub date2str
+{
+    @EnglishMonthName = ('','January','February','March','April','May','June','July',
+			 'August','September','October','November','December');
+    # split date
+    my ($Year,$Month,$Day) = split (/\//,$_[0]);
+    return $Day . " " . $EnglishMonthName[$Month] . " " . $Year;
+}
+
+$rcs_date=`date '+%Y/%m/%d/'`;             # date of the man-page, overwritten
+                                           # by \rcsInfo
+$date =  date2str ($rcs_date);
+$Macro->{'today'}  = $date;
+
+#########################################################################
+my @skip;       # stack of skip-flags, 1: skip, 0: don't skip
+push @skip, 0;  # synthetic "outer most" IF, don't skip
+my $last_cond_clause = "";
+
+sub handle_conditional_text
+{
+    $_ = $_[0];
+#    printf "skip-stack: %s;\t top = %s\n", join (", ", @skip), $skip[-1];
+    if (/^\s*%@%\s+IF\s+([^%]*)\s+%@%\s*$/) {
+	# produce a program, which evaluates the condition:
+	my $prog_cond = $1;
+	$prog_cond    =~ s/(\w+)/\$$1/g;
+	my $prog = "";
+	my $var;
+	foreach $var (keys %cond_name) {
+	    if ($var ne "") {
+		$prog .= "my \$$var = 1; "      # declare set names,
+		    				# undeclared ones get value 0
+		}
+	}
+	$prog .= "return ($prog_cond) ? 0 : 1;";
+#	print "\n**** [$prog]\n";
+	my $skip = eval $prog;
+	($@ eq "") || die "$CMD: error in line $.: wrong condition of `%@% IF.. ($@)\n";
+#	print "**** skip=$skip\n";
+
+	$last_cond_clause = "IF";
+	if ($skip[-1] == 1) {
+	    # skip this text, since outer IF skips
+	    push @skip, 1;
+	} else {
+	    # outer IF is not skipped, hence consider this IF
+	    push @skip, $skip;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*%@%\s+ELSE\s+%@%\s*$/) {
+	($last_cond_clause =~ /IF/ && ($#skip > 0)) ||
+	    die "$CMD: error in line $.: `%@% ELSE %@%' without an `%@% IF..'\n";
+	$last_cond_clause = "ELSE";
+	if ($skip[-2] == 0) {
+	    $skip[-1] = $skip[-1]? 0 : 1;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*%@%\s+END-IF\s+%@%\s*$/) {
+	$last_cond_clause = "END-IF";
+	($#skip == 0) &&
+	    die "$CMD: error in line $.: `%@% END-IF %@%' without an `%@% IF..'\n";
+	pop @skip;
+    }
+#    print "$last_cond_clause: skip = $skip[-1]\n";
+}
+
+############################################################################
+# handle LaTeX output
+if ($opt_L) {
+    while (<SRC>) {
+	if ($opt_D == 1) {
+	    my $line = $_; chop $line;
+	    print "--- \`$line'\n";
+	}
+
+	if (/^\s*%@%\s/) {
+	    my $skip = $skip[-1];
+	    handle_conditional_text ("$_");
+	    # write %@% directive
+	    print DEST $_;
+	    next;
+	}
+	next if ($skip[-1] == 1);
+	print DEST $_;
+    }
+    close (DEST);
+    exit (0);
+}
+
+############################################################################
+# handle non-LaTeX output
+
+# read sections
+# Variables:   $section     name of the section in uppercase letters
+#              $chapter     chapter of the man page
+#              $name        name of the man page
+#              $Name        name of the man page in uppercase
+#              $author      author of the man page
+#              $tool        info about the tool set, $name is part of
+#              $date        date
+#              $version     version info
+$started     = 0;
+while (<SRC>) {
+    if ($opt_D == 1) {
+	my $line = $_; chop $line;
+	print "--- \`$line'\n";
+    }
+
+    if ((/^\s*%@%\s/) && ($inside_verb==0)) {
+	my $skip = $skip[-1];
+	handle_conditional_text ("$_");
+    }
+    next if ($skip[-1] == 1);
+
+    if ($inside_verb) {
+        if (/^\s*\\end{verbatim}/) {
+	    if ($started == 1) {
+		&{$Prefix . "VerbatimEnd"};
+		$inside_verb = 0;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    &{$Prefix . "VerbatimLine"} ($_);
+	}
+	next;
+    }
+
+    # remove {, } around Umlaute
+    s/{(\\".)}/\1/g;      # "
+    s/{(\\ss)}/\1/g;
+
+    # normalize special characters
+    s/\\"a/ä/g;
+    s/\\"o/ö/g;
+    s/\\"u/ü/g;
+    s/\\"A/Ä/g;
+    s/\\"O/Ö/g;
+    s/\\"U/Ü/g;
+    s/\\ss/ß/g;
+
+    if (/^\s*\\rcsInfo \$(.*)\$/) {
+	my ($rcs_id,$rcs_file,$rcs_revision,
+	 $rcs_date,$rcs_time,$rcs_owner,$rcs_status,$rcs_locker) = split(/\s/,$1);
+	$date = date2str ($rcs_date);
+	$Macro->{'today'}  = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setDate{\\rcsInfoLongDate}/) {
+	$Macro->{'Date'} = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setDate{\\today}/) {
+	$Macro->{'Date'} = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setDate{([^}]*)}/) {
+	$date = $1;
+	$date =~ s/~/$Macro->{'~'}/g;
+	$Macro->{'Date'} = $date;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\setVersion{([^}]*)}/) {
+	$version            = $1;
+	$versin             =~ s/~/$Macro->{'~'}/g;
+	$Macro->{'Version'} = $version;
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{Name}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}{([^}]*)}/) {
+        $section = "Name";
+        $chapter = $1;
+	$name    = $2;
+	$Name    = uc $name;
+	$author  = $3;
+	$tool    = $4;
+	$title   = $5;
+	$rest    = $';
+	$started = 1;
+	$sections[0] = $section;
+	$section_cnt = 0;
+	&{$Prefix . "Start"}     ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool, $title);
+	&{$Prefix . "NameStart"} ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool, $title);
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{Name}/) {
+	&{$Prefix . "NameEnd"} ($name, $chapter, $author, $tool);
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{Table}(\[([^]]*)\])?{([^}]*)}/) {
+        # \begin{Table}[width]{columns}
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $columns      = $3;
+	    $column       = $_[0];
+	    $inside_table = 1;
+	    $first_column = 1;
+	    &{$Prefix . "TableStart"} ($columns, $2);
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{Table}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $inside_table = 0;
+	    $first_column = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "TableEnd"} ($columns);
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{Description}(\[[^]]*\])?/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'descr';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionStart"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{Description}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionEnd"};
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{description}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'descr';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionStart"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{description}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "DescriptionEnd"};
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{center}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "CenterStart"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{center}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "CenterEnd"};
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{enumerate}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'enum';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "EnumStart"} ;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{enumerate}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "EnumEnd"} ;
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{itemize}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    $list_nest++;
+	    $cur_list[$list_nest] = 'item';
+	    $item_nr[$list_nest]  = 0;
+	    &{$Prefix . "ItemStart"} ;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\end{itemize}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "ItemEnd"} ;
+	    $list_nest--;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\begin{verbatim}/) {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "VerbatimStart"};
+	    $inside_verb = 1;
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\(subsubsection|subsection|section){([^}]*)}/) {
+        $kind    = $1;
+	$section = $2;
+	$section_cnt ++;
+	$sections[$section_cnt]     = $section;
+	$section_kind[$section_cnt] = $kind;
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    &{$Prefix . "Section"} ($section_cnt, $kind, $section);
+	}
+    } elsif (/^\s*\\LatexManEnd/) {
+	last;
+    } elsif (/^\s*((\\begin{Name|Table|Description})|(\\(sub)?section))/) {
+	die "$CMD: in line $.\n           " .
+	    "Arguments of $1 are not contained in a single " .
+	    "line.\n           " .
+	    "Remember: all arguments of a macro must be on the same line.\n";
+    } else {
+	if ($started == 1) {
+	    interpret_line $_;
+	}
+    }
+}
+&{$Prefix . "End"};
+
+close DEST;
+
+if ($opt_H || $opt_T) {
+    open (TMP, "<$tmp")       || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$tmp' for reading.\n";
+    open (DEST, ">$DestFile") || die "$CMD: Can't open file \`$DestFile' for writing.\n";
+    while (<TMP>) {
+	if (/^\@\@INSERTION-POINT\@\@-TOC\@\@$/) {
+	    if ($opt_H) {
+		# Table of contents for HTML
+                my $nesting     = 0; # nesting of section/subsection/subsubsection
+		Print '\n<h3>Table of Contents</h3>\n';
+		for ($i = 1; $i <= $section_cnt; $i++) {
+                    my $cur_nesting = 0;
+		    if ($section_kind[$i] eq "subsubsection") {
+                        $cur_nesting = 3;
+		    } elsif ($section_kind[$i] eq "subsection") {
+                        $cur_nesting = 2;
+		    } elsif ($section_kind[$i] eq "section") {
+                        $cur_nesting = 1;
+		    }
+                    if ($cur_nesting > $nesting) {
+			  # open a new list
+                          Print '\n<ul>\n'
+                    }
+                    if ($cur_nesting == $nesting) {
+			  # same level, close list item
+		          Print '</li>\n';
+                    }
+                    if ($cur_nesting < $nesting) {
+			  # close list and list item
+			  for my $i ($cur_nesting .. $nesting-1) {
+		            Print '</li>\n';
+		            Print '</ul>\n';
+                          }
+                    }
+                    # print item
+		    Print "<li><a href=\"#section_$i\">";
+		    interpret_word $sections[$i];
+		    Print "</a>";
+                    $nesting = $cur_nesting;
+		}
+                # close remaining lists
+		for my $i (1 .. $nesting) {
+		    Print '</li>\n';
+		    Print '</ul>\n';
+               }
+	    } else {
+		# Menu of sections for texi
+		Print '@menu\n';
+		for ($i = 2; $i <= $section_cnt; $i++) {
+		    interpret_line "* " . $sections[$i] . "::";
+		}
+		Print '@end menu\n';
+	    }
+	} elsif (/\@\@INSERTION-POINT\@\@-TEXI-TOP\@\@/) {
+	    # Texi-top node
+	    Print '@node Top, ' . $sections[2] . ', (dir), (dir)\n';
+	} elsif (/\@\@INSERTION-POINT\@\@-TEXI-SEC\@\@ (\w+) (\d+)/) {
+	    # print section header for texi
+	    $kind    = $1;
+	    $cnt     = $2;
+	    $section = $sections[$cnt];
+	    Print '@node ' ;
+	    interpret_word "$sections[$cnt], ";
+	    interpret_word "$sections[$cnt+1], ";
+	    interpret_word "$sections[$cnt-1], Top ";
+	    NL;
+	} else {
+	    print DEST $_;
+	}
+    }
+    close TMP;
+    close DEST;
+    unlink $tmp;
+}
+
+#########################################################################
+
+## Emacs specific:
+## Local Variables: ***
+## mode: perl ***
+## End: ***
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latex2man/latex2man.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latex2man/latex2man.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0dfce805b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latex2man/latex2man.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Project:     Documentation Tools
+%% Descr:       Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), LaTeX package
+%%              Configuration of default options
+%% Author:      Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@acm.org
+%% $Id: latex2man.sty,v 1.28 1998/07/23 06:59:13 vollmer Exp vollmer $
+%% VERSION: 1.4
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\ExecuteOptions{fancyhdr}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latex2man/latex2man.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latex2man/latex2man.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b8bb012f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latex2man/latex2man.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Project:     Documentation Tools
+%% Descr:       Latex -->  MAN-page (groff -man), LaTeX package
+%% Author:      Dr. Jürgen Vollmer, Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+%% $Id: latex2man.sty,v 1.84 2008/11/11 07:21:18 vollmer Exp $
+%% VERSION: 1.23
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% `latex2man' package to use with LaTeX2e.
+%%
+%% Latex2man is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with LaTeX into a
+%% format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+%% Alternatively HTML or TexInfo code can be produced too.
+%% Output of parts of the text may be supressed using the conditional text
+%% feature.
+%%
+%% There is LaTeX package (latex2man.sty) used for writing the Man-page
+%% and a PERL script (latex2man) doing the actual translation.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1998, Dr. Juergen Vollmer
+%%                     Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany
+%%                     Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de
+%% License:
+%%   This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+%%   of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+%%   archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%%   version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+%%
+%% If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{latex2man}[2008/11/11 v1.23]
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+
+\newif\if@LM@UseFancy@
+\newif\if@LM@UseFancyHdr@
+
+\DeclareOption{fancy}{
+  \@LM@UseFancy@true
+  \@LM@UseFancyHdr@false
+}
+\DeclareOption{fancyhdr}{
+  \@LM@UseFancyHdr@true
+  \@LM@UseFancy@false
+}
+\DeclareOption{nofancy}{
+  \@LM@UseFancy@false
+  \@LM@UseFancyHdr@false
+}
+
+\input{latex2man.cfg}
+\ProcessOptions
+\if@LM@UseFancy@
+    \RequirePackage{fancyheadings}
+\fi
+\if@LM@UseFancyHdr@
+    \RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
+\fi
+
+\newcommand{\@LM@Arg}[1]{\textit{#1}}
+\newcommand{\@LM@Opt}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\Opt}[1]{\@LM@Opt{#1}}                      % Option
+\newcommand{\Arg}[1]{\@LM@Arg{#1}}                      % Argument
+\newcommand{\OptArg}[2]{\Opt{#1}\Arg{#2}}               % Option with Argument
+\newcommand{\OptoArg}[2]{\Opt{#1}[\Arg{#2}]}            % Option with optinal
+                                                        % Argument
+
+\newcommand{\oArg}[1]{[\Arg{#1}]}                       % optional Argument
+\newcommand{\oOpt}[1]{[\Opt{#1}]}                       % optional Option
+\newcommand{\oOptArg}[2]{[\OptArg{#1}{#2}]}             % optional Option with Argument
+\newcommand{\oOptoArg}[2]{[\OptoArg{#1}{#2}]}           % optional Option with
+                                                        % optional Argument
+
+\newcommand{\Prog}[1]{\textit{#1}}                      % Program name
+\newcommand{\Cmd}[2]{\textit{#1}(#2)}                   % Command with number
+
+\newcommand{\@LM@File}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\File}[1]{\@LM@File{#1}}                    % File name
+
+\newcommand{\Bs}{$\mathtt{\backslash}$}
+\newcommand{\Bar}{$\mathtt{|}$}
+\newcommand{\Tilde}{\ensuremath{\mathtt{\sim}}}
+\newcommand{\Dots}{$\dots$}
+\newcommand{\Circum}{\^{}}
+\newcommand{\Lbr}{[}
+\newcommand{\Rbr}{]}
+\newcommand{\LBr}{\{}
+\newcommand{\RBr}{\}}
+\newcommand{\Dollar}{\$}
+\newcommand{\Percent}{\%}
+\newcommand{\Bullet}{$\bullet$}
+\newcommand{\TEXbr}{~\\}
+\newcommand{\MANbr}{}
+\newcommand{\HTMLbr}{}
+\newcommand{\TEXIbr}{}
+\newcommand{\SP}{\hspace*{0.5em}}
+
+\def\@LM@Date{}
+\newcommand{\setDate}[1]{\def\@LM@Date{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Date}{\@LM@Date}
+
+\def\@LM@VersionWord{Version:}
+\newcommand{\setVersionWord}[1]{\def\@LM@VersionWord{#1}}
+
+\def\@LM@Version{}
+\newcommand{\setVersion}[1]{\def\@LM@Version{#1}}
+\newcommand{\Version}{\@LM@Version}
+
+\newcommand{\Email}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\URL}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\LatexManEnd}{}
+
+\newenvironment{Name}[5]{
+% #1 Chapter
+% #2 Name
+% #3 Author
+% #4 Tool
+\if@LM@UseFancy@
+\gdef\@LM@Foot{\emph{\@LM@VersionWord\ \@LM@Version, \@LM@Date}}
+\rfoot[\fancyplain{#2 (#1)}{#2 (#1)}]{\fancyplain{\@LM@Foot}{\@LM@Foot}}
+\lfoot[\fancyplain{\@LM@Foot}{\@LM@Foot}]{\fancyplain{#2 (#1)}{#2 (#1)}}
+\fi
+\if@LM@UseFancyHdr@
+\gdef\@LM@Foot{\emph{\@LM@VersionWord\ \@LM@Version, \@LM@Date}}
+\rfoot[\fancyplain{#2 (#1)}{#2 (#1)}]{\fancyplain{\@LM@Foot}{\@LM@Foot}}
+\lfoot[\fancyplain{\@LM@Foot}{\@LM@Foot}]{\fancyplain{#2 (#1)}{#2 (#1)}}
+\fi
+\title{#5}
+\author{#3}
+\date{\@LM@Date\\{\small Version \@LM@Version}}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+}{
+\end{abstract}
+}
+
+% first optional argument specifies width of last column
+% second argrtment specifies number of columns
+\newenvironment{Table}[2][]{
+\def\OPTARG{#1}
+\def\COLUMNS{#2}
+\def\LASTCOL{}
+\def\EMPTY{}
+\ifx\OPTARG\EMPTY\else%
+ \def\COLUMNS{%
+  \ifcase#2 1\or 1\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 9\else 10\fi%
+ }
+ \def\LASTCOL{p{#1}}
+\fi%
+\par
+\begin{tabular}{*\COLUMNS{l}\LASTCOL}
+}{
+\end{tabular}
+\par
+}
+
+\newenvironment{Description}[1][]{
+\begin{list}{}{
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{
+   % optional argument not given
+     \labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+     \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel
+     \renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\hspace\labelsep\normalfont\bfseries##1}
+  }{
+   % optional argument given
+   \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\normalfont\bfseries#1}
+   \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}
+   \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}
+   \renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\normalfont\bfseries##1\hfil}
+  }}
+}{
+\end{list}
+}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\if@LM@UseFancy@
+  \pagestyle{fancyplain}
+\fi
+\if@LM@UseFancyHdr@
+  \pagestyle{fancyplain}
+\fi
+\setDate{\today}
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..61b079bada2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info
@@ -0,0 +1,935 @@
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Man-pages
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+This is latex2man.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.11 from latex2man.texi.
+
+* Latex2man: (latex2man). Its Man-Page
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Description,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
+
+latex2man
+*********
+
+Latex2man is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with
+LaTeXinto a format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too.  Output
+of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text
+feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used).
+
+Synopsis
+========
+
+latex2man [ -tTRANSFILE ] [ -HMTL ] [ -h ] [ -V ] [ -CNAME ]
+[ -aCHAR ] INFILE OUTFILE
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Description::
+* Options::
+* Files::
+* See Also::
+* LaTeX commands::
+* Package Options::
+* Package Specific Environments::
+* Accepted LaTeX Environments::
+* Package Specific Macros::
+* Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package::
+* Accepted LaTeX Macros::
+* Conditional Text::
+* Translation of User Defined Macros::
+* Verbatim Environment::
+* Subsection works::
+* Subsubsection works::
+* Subsubsection still works::
+* General Remarks::
+* Some Bug Fix Tests::
+* Requirements::
+* Changes::
+* Version::
+* License and Copyright::
+* Author::
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Description,  Next: Options,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+Description
+===========
+
+Latex2man reads the file INFILE and writes OUTFILE.  The input must be
+a LaTeX document using the latex2man LaTeXpackage.  Latex2man
+translates that document into the troff(1) format using the -man macro
+package.
+
+   Using the -H option, HTML code can be produced, instead of troff(1).
+
+   Using the -T option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of
+troff(1).
+
+   Using the -M option, troff(1) input is produced.
+
+   Using the -L option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of
+troff(1).
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Files,  Prev: Description,  Up: Top
+
+Options
+=======
+
+`-tTRANSFILE'
+     Translation for user defined LaTeX macros.
+
+`-M'
+     Produce output suitable for the man(1) command (default).
+
+`-H'
+     Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command, HTML
+     code is produced (despite the name of the command).
+
+`-T'
+     Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+     TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command). The
+     generated `.texi'-file may be processed with makeinfo(1) (to
+     produce an `.info'-file) which in turn may be installed using
+     install-info(1).  The Info tags @dircategory and @direntry are
+     provided.
+
+`-L'
+     The LaTeX source is written to the OUTFILE.  This is useful in
+     conjunction with the -CNAME option.
+
+`-CNAME'
+     Output the conditional text for NAME.  If more than one name
+     should be given use quotes: -C'NAME1 NAME2 ...'
+     The following names are defined automatically:
+        * -H defines HTML
+
+        * -T defines TEXI
+
+        * -M defines MAN
+
+        * -L defines LATEX
+
+`-aCHAR'
+     Is used only in conjunction with -T.
+     Background:
+     TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In
+     order to produce some additional space before that word (using
+     \SP) some character has to be printed before the additional space.
+     By default this is a . (dot). The CHAR specifies an alternative
+     for that first character. Giving a blank to -a supresses the
+     indentation of a line.
+     Note: only for the first \SP of a series that CHAR is printed.
+
+`-h'
+     Show a help text.
+
+`-V'
+     Show version information.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Files,  Next: See Also,  Prev: Options,  Up: Top
+
+Files
+=====
+
+``latex2man.tex''
+     The LaTeX file containing this Man-page.
+
+``latex2man.sty''
+     The LaTeX package defining the environments and commands.
+
+``latex2man.cfg''
+     The configuration file for Latex2man LaTeX-package.
+
+``latex2man.trans''
+     File containing example translations of user defined LaTeX macros.
+
+``fancyheadings.sty''
+     A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
+
+``fancyhdr.sty''
+     A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
+
+``rcsinfo.sty''
+     A LaTeX package used to extract and use RCS version control
+     information in LaTeX documents.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: See Also,  Next: LaTeX commands,  Prev: Files,  Up: Top
+
+See Also
+========
+
+LaTeX,TexInfo, troff(1), groff(1), makeinfo(1).
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: LaTeX commands,  Next: Package Options,  Prev: See Also,  Up: Top
+
+LaTeX commands
+==============
+
+The LaTeX package latex2man is used to write the Man-pages with
+LaTeX.Since we translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff
+can be translated.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Package Options,  Next: Package Specific Environments,  Prev: LaTeX commands,  Up: Top
+
+Package Options
+---------------
+
+The latex2man package accepts the following options:
+
+`fancy'
+     use the LaTeX package fancyheadings.
+
+`fancyhdr'
+     use the LaTeX package fancyhdr.
+
+`nofancy'
+     neither the LaTeX package fancyheadings nor fancyhdr are used.
+
+   The default option may be specified in the file latex2man.cfg.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Package Specific Environments,  Next: Accepted LaTeX Environments,  Prev: Package Options,  Up: Top
+
+Package Specific Environments
+-----------------------------
+
+The following environments are provided by the package:
+`\begin{Name}{chapter}{name}{author}{info}{title}'
+     The Name environment takes five arguments: 1.  the Man-page
+     chapter, 2.  the name of the Man-page, 3.  the author, 4.  some
+     short information about the tool printed in the footline of the
+     Man-page, and 5.  a text which is used as title, for HTML and
+     LaTeX (it's ignored for output of the Man-page or TeXinfo. The Name
+     environment must be the first environment in the document.
+     Processing starts with this environment. Any text before this is
+     ignored (exception: the setVersion and setDate commands). (Note:
+     all arguments of \begin{Name} must be written on one line).
+
+`\begin{Table}[width]{columns}'
+     The Table environment takes two arguments: the first optional one
+     specifies a width of the last column, the second one gives the
+     number of columns.  For example:
+
+     \begin{Table}[2cm]{3}
+     Here & am & I \\\hline
+     A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\
+     B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\
+     \end{Table}
+
+     will be typeset as:
+
+     Here                 am                   I
+     A 1                  A 2                  A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1
+                                               2 3 4 5
+     B 1                  B 2                  B 3
+
+     If no optional _width_ argument is given, all entries are typeset
+     left justified.  The _width_ is a length measured absolutly in
+     _cm_.  Processing with LaTeX a p{width} column is typeset as last
+     column. The translation to troff(1) commands results in a lw(width)
+     column specification. Translating to HTML and TexInfo ignores the
+     _width_ parameter.
+
+     \hline may be used.
+
+     If the Man-page is formatted with troff(1) and tables are used, the
+     tbl(1) preprocessor should be called, usually by giving a -t to
+     the call of troff(1).  When viewing the generated manula page
+     using man(1), tbl(1) is called automatically.
+
+`\begin{Description}'
+     is the same as \begin{description}
+
+`\begin{Description}[label]'
+     is similar to \begin{description}, but the item labels have at
+     minimum the size of the (optional) word _label_.  The difference
+     is visible only in the DVI and PDF-output, not in the troff,
+     TexInfo or HTML output.
+    `a'
+          |a \begin{description}
+
+    `ab'
+          |ab
+
+    `abc'
+          |abc
+
+    `a'
+          |a \begin{Description}
+
+    `ab'
+          |ab
+
+    `abc'
+          |abc
+
+    `a'
+          |a \begin{Description}[aa]
+
+    `ab'
+          |ab
+
+    `abc'
+          |abc
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Accepted LaTeX Environments,  Next: Package Specific Macros,  Prev: Package Specific Environments,  Up: Top
+
+Accepted LaTeX Environments
+---------------------------
+
+The following environments are accepted:
+   * description
+
+   * enumerate
+
+   * itemize
+
+   * verbatim
+
+   * center
+
+   They may be nested:
+   * Itemize and nested center:
+
+                              A centered line.
+                           Another centered line.
+
+   * Another item an nested enumerate
+       1. a
+
+       2. b
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Package Specific Macros,  Next: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Prev: Accepted LaTeX Environments,  Up: Top
+
+Package Specific Macros
+-----------------------
+
+The following commands are provided:
+`\Opt{option}'
+     Option: \Opt{-o} will be typeset as -o.
+
+`\Arg{argument}'
+     Argument: \Arg{filename} will be typeset as FILENAME.
+
+`\OptArg{option}{argument}'
+     Option with Argument:
+     \OptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -oFILENAME.
+
+`\OptoArg{option}{argument}'
+     Option with optional Argument:
+     \OptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -o[FILENAME].
+
+`\oOpt{option}'
+     Optional option, e.g.  \oOpt{-o} will be typeset as [ -o ].
+
+`\oArg{argument}'
+     Optional argument, e.g.  \oArg{filename} will be typeset as [
+     FILENAME ].
+
+`\oOptArg{option}{argument}'
+     Optional option with argument, e.g.
+     \oOptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [ -oFILENAME ].
+
+`\oOptoArg{option}{argument}'
+     Optional option with optional argument, e.g.
+     \oOptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [ -o[FILENAME] ].
+
+`\File{filename}'
+     used to typeset filenames, e.g.  \File{filename} will be typeset
+     as `filename'.
+
+`\Prog{prog}'
+     used to typeset program names, e.g.  \Prog{latex2man} will be
+     typeset as latex2man.
+
+`\Cmd{command}{chapter}'
+     used to typeset references to other commands, e.g.
+     \Cmd{latex2man}{1} will be typeset as latex2man(1).
+
+`\Bar'
+     is typeset as |.
+
+`\Bs'
+     (BackSlash) is typeset as \.
+
+`\Tilde'
+     is typeset as a ~.
+
+`\Dots'
+     is typeset as ...
+
+`\Bullet'
+     us typeset as *.
+
+`\setVersion{..}'
+     set .. as version information.
+
+`\setVersionWord{..}'
+     set .. for the word _Version:_ in the footline. The default is
+     \setVersionWord{Version:}.
+
+`\Version'
+     returns the version information.
+
+`\setDate{..}'
+     sets .. as date information.
+
+`\Date'
+     returns the date information.
+
+`\Email{..}'
+     use to mark an Email address:
+     \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de} is typeset as:
+     <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>.
+
+`\URL{..}'
+     use to mark an URL: \URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer} is
+     typeset as `http://www.foo.de/~vollmer'.
+
+`\LatexManEnd'
+     the input file is read and processed until reading end-of-file or
+     \LatexManEnd (at the beginning of a line).  LaTeXignores this
+     command.
+
+`\Lbr, \Rbr'
+     is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are needed only somtimes
+     like in item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]. Usually [ ] will work.
+
+`\LBr, \RBr'
+     is typeset as { and } (these variants are needed when using { or }
+     as arguments to macros.
+
+`\Circum'
+     is typeset as ^.
+
+`\Percent'
+     is typeset as %.
+
+`\TEXbr'
+     If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e.  is equivalent to
+     \\).In the output of latex2man this macro is ignored.
+
+`\TEXIbr'
+     If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+     equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+`\MANbr'
+     If Man-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+     equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+`\HTMLbr'
+     If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+     equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+`\medskip'
+     An empty line.
+
+`\SP'
+     Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines.
+     The code of the second line looks like: \SP abc \SP\SP xx\\:
+     abc       xx
+     . abc     xx
+     . . abc   xx
+
+     Note: Due to some "problems" with TexInfo, the lines starting with
+     \SP have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output, see -aCHAR.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Next: Accepted LaTeX Macros,  Prev: Package Specific Macros,  Up: Top
+
+Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package
+----------------------------------------
+
+`\rcsInfo $Id ...$'
+     if the LaTeX package `rcsinfo' is used, this command is used to
+     extract the date of the Man-page.
+
+`\rcsInfoLongDate'
+     if the LaTeX package `rcsinfo' is used, this command is used to
+     typeset the date coded in the $Id ..$ string.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Accepted LaTeX Macros,  Next: Conditional Text,  Prev: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Up: Top
+
+Accepted LaTeX Macros
+---------------------
+
+The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted:
+`\section{..}'
+     The section macro takes one argument: the name of the Man-page
+     section. Each Man-page consists of several sections.  Usually
+     there are the following sections in a Man-page: _Name_ (special
+     handling as environment, c.f.  above), _Synopsis_, _Description_,
+     _Options_, _Files_, _See Also_, _Diagnostics_, _Return Values_,
+     _Bugs_, _Author_, _version_, etc.
+
+     _Synopsis_ must be the first section after the Name environment.
+
+     Note: Do not use LaTeX-macrosin section names.
+
+`\subsection{..}'
+     works as well as
+
+`\subsubsection{..}'
+     those.
+
+`\emph{..}'
+     \emph{example} is typeset as _example_.
+
+`\textbf{..}'
+     \textbf{example} is typeset as *example*.
+
+`\texttt{..}'
+     \textt{example} is typeset as example.
+
+`\underline{..}'
+     \underline{example} is typeset as example of underline.
+
+`\date{..}'
+     uses .. as date.
+
+`\verb+..+'
+     but only + is allowed as delimiter.
+
+`$<$'
+     is typeset as <.
+
+`$>$'
+     is typeset as >.
+
+`$<=$'
+     is typeset as <=.
+
+`$>=$'
+     is typeset as >=.
+
+`$=$'
+     is typeset as =.
+
+`$<>$'
+     is typeset as <>.
+
+`$\ge$'
+     is typeset as $>=$.
+
+`$\le$'
+     is typeset as $<=$.
+
+`$\leftarrow$'
+     is typeset as $<-$.
+
+`$\Leftarrow$'
+     is typeset as $<==$.
+
+`$\rightarrow$'
+     is typeset as $->$.
+
+`$\Rightarrow$'
+     is typeset as $==>$.
+
+`\{'
+     is typeset as {.
+
+`\}'
+     is typeset as }.
+
+`\$'
+     is typeset as $.
+
+`\$'
+     is typeset as $,should be used inside macro arguments.
+
+`\_'
+     is typeset as _.
+
+`\&'
+     is typeset as &.
+
+`\#'
+     is typeset as #.
+
+`\%'
+     is typeset as %.
+
+`\,'
+     is typeset as smaller blank - - (between the two -)
+
+`\-'
+     is used to mark hyphenation in a word.
+
+`\\'
+     is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the Table
+     environment.
+
+`\'
+     (a \ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank, although it
+     cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation (see
+     the \SP command).
+
+`~'
+     is typeset as a blank.
+
+`\copyright'
+     is typeset as (C).
+
+`\noindent'
+
+`\hline'
+     inside a Table environment.
+
+`\item'
+     inside a itemize, enumerate, or description environment.
+
+`\today'
+     11 November 2008(see also the rcsinfo LaTeXpackage).
+
+`\ss,\"a, ...'
+     \ss = ss, \"a= a", \"o= o", \"u= u", \"A= A", \"O= O", \"U= U". It
+     is allowed to surround these macros in { and } in all places, even
+     inside other macros, e.g.
+     .     \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss}
+     .     \textbf{\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss}}
+     .     \textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
+     *a"o"u"A"O"U"ss a"o"u"A"O"U"ss a"o"u"A"O"U"ss*
+
+     If these letters are used in their LATIN-1 8-bit coding, they are
+     translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format.
+     E.g. A" becomes &Auml; in HTML and @"A in texinfo.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Conditional Text,  Next: Translation of User Defined Macros,  Prev: Accepted LaTeX Macros,  Up: Top
+
+Conditional Text
+----------------
+
+latex2man preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used
+conditionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose.
+   * %@% IF _condition_ %@%
+
+   * %@% ELSE %@%
+
+   * %@% END-IF %@%
+
+   A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. _condition_
+is a boolean expression containing "names" and operators. The names
+given with the -CNAME option have the value "true", while all other
+names occuring in the expression are assumed to be "false". If the
+evaluation of the boolean expression results in the value "true", the
+text in the "then"-part is used and the text in the optional
+"else"-part is skipped (and vice versa). The IF/ELSE/END-IF may be
+nested. As boolean operators the following are allowed:
+
+||                               boolean or
+&&                               boolean and
+!                                negation
+
+   ( and ) for grouping are allowed.
+
+For example:
+%@% IF abc %@%
+abc set
+%@%  IF xyz %@%
+xyz set
+%@%  ELSE %@%
+xyz NOT set
+%@%  END-IF %@%
+%@% ELSE %@%
+abc NOT set
+%@%  IF xyz || !XYZ %@%
+xyz OR !XYZ set
+%@%  ELSE %@%
+xyz OR !XYZ NOT set
+%@%  END-IF %@%
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+Run this manual page through latex2man with e.g.  -C'ABC XYZ' and have
+a look to the generated output.  (If simply running the LaTeX-document
+through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the .dvi file).
+abc NOT set
+xyz OR !XYZ set
+To check the conditional text feature, when latex2man is called with
+`-CHTML'
+     the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b;
+
+`-CTEXI'
+     the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b;
+
+`-CMAN'
+     the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b;
+
+`-CLATEX'
+     the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a;
+
+`calling LaTeX without preprocessing'
+     all lines
+   should be shown:
+
+   1b. The HTML conditional was not set.
+
+   2a. This text occurs only when viewing the TEXI output
+
+   3b. The MAN conditional was not set.
+
+   4b. The LATEX conditional was not set.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Translation of User Defined Macros,  Next: Verbatim Environment,  Prev: Conditional Text,  Up: Top
+
+Translation of User Defined Macros
+----------------------------------
+
+The user macro translation file (given by the [ -tTRANSFILE ]) contains
+Perl commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by the
+user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following
+code is expected:
+
+   * Comments start with a # up to the end of the line.
+
+   * For a macro \foo with no arguments, the following code must be
+     specified:
+    `Translation to Man-Pages'
+          $manMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to HTML'
+          $htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to TexInfo'
+          $texiMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+     where ... is the translation.
+
+   * For a macro \foo{..} with one argument, the following code must be
+     specified:
+    `Translation to Man-Pages'
+          $manMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $manMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to HTML'
+          $htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to TexInfo'
+          $texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+     where ... is the translation. The 1a code is used before the
+     argument, while 1b is typeset after the argument is set.
+
+   * For a macro \foo{..}{..} with two arguments, the following code
+     must be specified:
+    `Translation to Man-Pages'
+          $manMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $manMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+          $manMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to HTML'
+          $htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+          $htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to TexInfo'
+          $texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+          $texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+     where ... is the translation. The 2a code is used before the first
+     argument, 2b between the two arguments and 2c is typeset after the
+     second argument is set.
+
+   * The file `latex2man.trans' contains some example code.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Verbatim Environment,  Next: Subsection works,  Prev: Translation of User Defined Macros,  Up: Top
+
+Verbatim Environment
+--------------------
+
+.This
+.    {is}
+.        \texttt{a}
+.                  $test$
+.                         _of_
+.verbatim
+.<this is no HTML tag> and no @* TexInfo command
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Subsection works,  Next: Subsubsection works,  Prev: Verbatim Environment,  Up: Top
+
+Subsection works
+----------------
+
+This is a \subsection.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Subsubsection works,  Next: Subsubsection still works,  Prev: Subsection works,  Up: Top
+
+Subsubsection works
+...................
+
+This is a \subsubsection.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Subsubsection still works,  Next: General Remarks,  Prev: Subsubsection works,  Up: Top
+
+Subsubsection still works
+.........................
+
+This is another \subsubsection.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: General Remarks,  Next: Some Bug Fix Tests,  Prev: Subsubsection still works,  Up: Top
+
+General Remarks
+---------------
+
+  1. Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators.
+
+  2. The arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over several
+     lines.
+
+  3. Do not nest calls to macros.
+
+  4. Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other
+     LaTeX environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will
+     cause garbage in the output.
+
+  5. latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+
+  6. If you want to install the system with the distributed `Makefile',
+     you need GNU-make.  If you don't have it, you should execute the
+     steps shown in the `Makefile' manually.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Some Bug Fix Tests,  Next: Requirements,  Prev: General Remarks,  Up: Top
+
+Some Bug Fix Tests
+------------------
+
+`Leading . and ''
+     Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work
+     propperly, since a \& is added. Therfore the \Dot macro has been
+     deleted.
+     Thanks to <Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De>.
+     Testcase 1:
+    `'\n''
+          ...
+     Testcase 2:
+     `.foobar' Testcase 3:
+     ...  abc ...abc . efg ' 123
+
+`% in verbatim'
+     A % in a \verb and verbatim-environment was not emitted correctly.
+     Thanks to Aleksey Nogin <nogin@cs.caltech.edu> for the bug report
+     and bug fix.
+
+     % abc
+
+     .   % abc %
+     but ignore comments following this:
+
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Requirements,  Next: Changes,  Prev: Some Bug Fix Tests,  Up: Top
+
+Requirements
+============
+
+`Perl'
+     latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+
+`Make'
+     If you want to install the system with the distributed `Makefile',
+     you need GNU-make.  If you don't have it, you should execute the
+     steps shown in the `Makefile' manually.
+
+`LaTeX'
+     LaTeX2e is required.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Changes,  Next: Version,  Prev: Requirements,  Up: Top
+
+Changes
+=======
+
+Please check the file `latex2man-CHANGES' for the list of changes.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Version,  Next: License and Copyright,  Prev: Changes,  Up: Top
+
+Version
+=======
+
+Version: 1.23 of 2008/11/11.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: License and Copyright,  Next: Author,  Prev: Version,  Up: Top
+
+License and Copyright
+=====================
+
+`Copyright'
+     (C)1998, Dr. Ju"rgen Vollmer, Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133
+     Karlsruhe, Germany, <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
+
+     The actual version of Latex2man may be found on my homepage
+     `http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html'.
+
+`License'
+     This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+     of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives
+     in directory `macros/latex/base/lppl.txt'; either version 1 of the
+     License, or any later version.
+
+`Misc'
+     If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from
+     the place where you are living.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Author,  Prev: License and Copyright,  Up: Top
+
+Author
+======
+
+Dr. Ju"rgen Vollmer
+Viktoriastrasse 15
+D-76133 Karlsruhe
+Email: <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
+WWW: `http://www.informatik-vollmer.de'.
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top187
+Node: Description1254
+Node: Options1852
+Node: Files3557
+Node: See Also4245
+Node: LaTeX commands4401
+Node: Package Options4684
+Node: Package Specific Environments5136
+Node: Accepted LaTeX Environments7924
+Node: Package Specific Macros8456
+Node: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package12031
+Node: Accepted LaTeX Macros12528
+Node: Conditional Text15597
+Node: Translation of User Defined Macros17635
+Node: Verbatim Environment19749
+Node: Subsection works20075
+Node: Subsubsection works20250
+Node: Subsubsection still works20439
+Node: General Remarks20645
+Node: Some Bug Fix Tests21387
+Node: Requirements22126
+Node: Changes22540
+Node: Version22712
+Node: License and Copyright22855
+Node: Author23644
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/bin/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/bin/ctan2tds
index c238879597a..88f8b903995 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/bin/ctan2tds
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/bin/ctan2tds
@@ -484,6 +484,7 @@ chdir $startdir || die "chdir($startdir) failed: $!";  # back to raw
  'interactiveworkbook'	=> '&POSTinteractiveworkbook',
  'knuth'		=> '&POSTknuth',
  'koma-script'          => '&POSTkoma',
+ 'latex2man'		=> '&POSTlatex2man',
  'libertine'		=> '&POSTlibertine',
  'lithuanian'		=> '&POSTlithuanian',
  'pgf'			=> '&POSTpgf',
@@ -535,7 +536,7 @@ $standardsource='\.fdd|\.dtx|\.ins|\.c$|Makefile|configure.*|install-sh|\.drv';
  'carlisle',		'\.dtx|\.ins|ltxtable\.tex',
  'epsf',		'NULL',
  'epslatex-fr',		'NULL',
- 'eskdx',		'NULL',  # do not move makefiles
+ 'eskdx',		'NULL',  # leave makefiles
  'feynmf',		'feynmf\.pl' . $standardsource,
  'mff',			'\.mfj|\.bat|\.diz',
  'fpl',			'Add|\.sfd|\.pe|\.ps' . $standardsource,
@@ -543,6 +544,7 @@ $standardsource='\.fdd|\.dtx|\.ins|\.c$|Makefile|configure.*|install-sh|\.drv';
  'impatient',		'NULL',	# doc package
  'intro-scientific',	'NULL',	# doc package
  'latex2e-help-texinfo','NULL',	# doc package
+ 'latex2man',		'NULL',	# leave Makefile
  'mpman-ru',		'NULL',	# doc package
  'ot2cyr',		'\.afm|\.etx|' . $standardsource,
  'patch',		'\.doc',
@@ -572,7 +574,6 @@ $standardfoundry='public';
  'dtxtut',		'texmf-doc',
  'elhyphen',		'texmf',
  'epslatex-fr',		'texmf-doc',
- 'epstopdf',		'texmf',
  'es-tex-faq',		'texmf-doc',
  'free-math-font-survey', 'texmf-doc',
  'hyphenex',		'texmf-dist',
@@ -800,6 +801,7 @@ $standardfmt='latex';
  'kixfont',	'fonts',
  'l2picfaq',	'german',
  'l2tabu-spanish',	'spanish',
+ 'latex2man',	'support',
  'latexmk',	'support',
  'latexmp',	'metapost',
  'leawood',	'fonts',
@@ -1296,6 +1298,7 @@ $standardxmt='\.xmt';
  'a2ping'	=> '\.pl$',
  'dviasm'	=> '\.py$',
  'epstopdf'	=> 'epstopdf',
+ 'latex2man'	=> 'latex2man$',
  'latexmk'	=> '\.pl$',
  'mkjobtexmf'	=> '\.pl$',
  'pdfcrop'	=> '\.pl$',
@@ -3260,6 +3263,22 @@ sub POSTcontext_lilypond {
     . "$DEST/tex/context/third/lilypond");
 }
 
+sub POSTelsarticle
+{
+  print "POST$package - move contrib and src/* to source\n";
+  &xchdir ("$DEST/doc/$whichdocformat/$package");
+  warn `pwd`;
+  warn `vdir`;
+  my $dest = "$DEST/source/latex/$package";
+  &xmkdir ($dest);
+  # we don't need two copies of that file
+  &SYSTEM ("rm contrib/elsdoc.pdf");
+  &SYSTEM ("mv contrib $dest");
+  &SYSTEM ("mv src/* $dest");
+  &SYSTEM ("mv elsdoc.tex $dest");
+  &SYSTEM ("rmdir src");
+}
+
 sub POSTfpl
 {
   print "POST$package - rename README.source\n";
@@ -3338,20 +3357,11 @@ sub POSTlatex2html
   &SYSTEM ("$MV $DEST/scripts/latex2html/styles/$package.perl $dest");
 }
 
-sub POSTelsarticle
+sub POSTlatex2man
 {
-  print "POST$package - move contrib and src/* to source\n";
-  &xchdir ("$DEST/doc/$whichdocformat/$package");
-  warn `pwd`;
-  warn `vdir`;
-  my $dest = "$DEST/source/latex/$package";
-  &xmkdir ($dest);
-  # we don't need two copies of that file
-  &SYSTEM ("rm contrib/elsdoc.pdf");
-  &SYSTEM ("mv contrib $dest");
-  &SYSTEM ("mv src/* $dest");
-  &SYSTEM ("mv elsdoc.tex $dest");
-  &SYSTEM ("rmdir src");
+  print "POST$package\n";
+  &SYSTEM ("$MV $package.info /tmp");
+  print "YOU-MUST-DO! update /tmp/$package.info into texmf/doc/info\n";
 }
 
 sub POSTlibertine
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
index 2c540c78d37..6d2e888b269 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
@@ -123,7 +123,8 @@ my @WorkingTLP = qw(
         kalender kastrup kerkis kerntest keystroke knuth koma-script kpfonts
         l2picfaq l2tabu-english l2tabu-spanish
           labbook labelcas labels lastpage
-          latex latex2e-help-texinfo latex-course latex-tds latexmk latexmp
+          latex latex2e-help-texinfo latex2man
+          latex-course latex-tds latexmk latexmp
           layouts lcd lcg lcyw leading leaflet ledmac leftidx lettrine
           lewis lfb lgreek lh
           libertine limap linearA lineno linguex
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-binextra.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-binextra.tlpsrc
index 11d99980403..2e6b52f0aca 100644
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-binextra.tlpsrc
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-binextra.tlpsrc
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ depend bin-web
 depend cweb
 depend dviasm
 depend hyphenex
+depend latex2man
 depend latexmk
 depend mkind-english
 depend mkjobtexmf
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex2man.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex2man.tlpsrc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b0bc6fb1d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex2man.tlpsrc
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+name latex2man
+category Package